report 254 an annotated bibliography of ...report 254 bmr microform mf207 volcanic activity in papua...

194

Upload: others

Post on 13-Jul-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled
Page 2: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Department of Resources and Energy

BUREAU OF MINERAL RESOURCES, GEOLOGY AND GEOPHYSICS

REPORT 254

BMR MICROFORM MF207

VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944:AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS

compiled by

N.D. Palfreyman1 , R.W. Johnson2 , R.J.S. Cooke3& R.J. Bultitude4

1Special Projects & Geoscience Services Branch, BMR2Division of Petrology & Geochemistry, BMR3Deceased4present address, Geological Survey of Queensland

AUSTRALIAN GOVEfu~MENT PUBLISHING SERVICECANBERRA 1986

Page 3: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

DEPARTMENT OF RESOURCES AND ENERGYMinister: Senator the Hon. Gareth Evans, Q.C.Secretary: G.C. Evans

BUREAU OF MINERAL RESOURCES, GEOLOGY AND GEOPHYSICSDirector: R./.R. Rutland

Published for the Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysicsby the Australian Government Publishing Service

© Commonweal th of Australia 1986

ISSN 0084-7100ISBN 0 644 05234

Printed by Graphic Services Pty Ltd, 516-518 Grand Junction Road, Northfield,South Australia 5085

Page 4: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

---- -- --

CONTENTS

AbstractIntroductionDevelopment of the bibliographyChronological grouping of references

Documents relating to the period before 1884 •Documents relating to the period of German occupation of

New GuineaDocuments relating to the period of Australian administrationDocuments relating to the period of the Pacific War

Bibliographic formatAcknowledgementsReferencesFigure 1. Chronological distribution of volcanological reports,

1800--1982

BibliographyAuthor indexDate of publication indexKeyword index •

Admiralty IslandsBaganaBalbiBamBamusBismark ArcBougainville IslandD'Entrecasteaux IslandsDampier StraitDoma PeaksDutchEarthquakeEastern Papua MainlandFrenchGermanGoropuHighlandsItalianJapanese •KadovarKarkarKuanuaKururiLake LoloruLangilaLolobauLong Islands •~anam

Mount Lamington:1ount Vic toryPagoPumice rafts

iii

Page

v1133

445566

2

MicroficheA1J8B10B11B11C11D11E11F1 1G11L11N11N11N11N11N11D12E12E12H12112112112112112J12J12J12J12K12L12L12N12A13AnB13

Page 5: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

,--------------------------------- -----------------_ __ ..-

RabaulRitterTabar-Feni IslandsTsunamiUlawunwillaumez Peninsula'Ni tu IslandsYomba

iv

B13H13113113K13113M13M13

Page 6: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

ABSTRACT

A computer-based, annotated bibliography of about 750 entries has been compiledof references to observations of volcanoes and volcanic activity in Papua NewGuinea before 1944. The bibliography covers the pre-1884 period of discovery andexploration, the 1884-1914 period of German occupation of New Guinea and theequivalent British and Australian period in Papua, the 1914-1942 period ofAustralian administration of New Guinea and the equivalent period in Papua, andthe period of the Pacific iar from 1942 onwards in both New Guinea and Papua.Forty keywords cover the names of principal volcanoes, general geographicalareas, the language (if not English) in which the report was written, and otheritems. There are three indexes to the bibliography: the first is an alphabeticallisting by principal author; the second, a chronological listing by year ofpublication (arranged alphabetically by principal author's name within eachyear); and the third is an alphabetical listing by keywords. By far the mostnumerous entries are for 1937, when volcanic eruptions at Rabaul caused theevacuation of the town and, subsequently, the establishment there of theVolcanological Observatory that is now the centre for volcanological operationsthroughout Papua New Guinea. There are relatively few entries for the period ofthe First Norld Jar and shortly thereafter, corresponding to a world-widedecrease in the reporting of eruptions. In contrast, there is a relatively largenumber of entries for the period 1878-1891, which appears to reflect a period ofincreased volcanic activity in the region. The bibliography will be periodicallyupdated, and the version presented here is as it existed in December 1984.

v

Page 7: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

INTRODUCTION

Information on volcanic eruptions can be compiled from three main sources:(1) direct observations and reports of eruptions, made by volcanologists; (2)reports of eruptions witnessed by untrained observers; and (3) interpretationsby geologists of the deposits produced by volcanic activity. Informationobtained from category (2) is, in general, not as valuable as that provided byscientists trained in volcanology (category 1), but it attains greaterimportance in areas where the period of scientific observation has beenrelatively short. This is the case in Papua New Guinea, where systematicsurveillance of active volcanoes throughout the region dil not begin until 1950,when the Volcanological Observatory at Rabaul was re-established after the war.

Volcanic surveillance in Papua New Guinea started, strictly speaking, in1931, when an Australian Government geologist, N.H. Fisher, was assigned thetask of setting up the observatory in Rabaul, following eruptions there in May1931. This pioneering observatory work was to a large extent undertaken singlehanded, and was interrupted by the Second Aorld Aar, when the Japanese invadedRabaul in January 1942. Thus, systematic and comprehensive volcanologicalinvestigations in Papua New Guinea have been undertaken for only a little morethan 30 years. Volcanic eruptions had, however, been observed and reported formany years before 1931 - at least as far back as 1616 - although most reportsdate from about the 1810s, when the colonial powers of Germany, Britain, andAustralia began to take an interest in the region (Fig. 1).

The purpose of this bibliograpby is to list references to observations ofvolcanic activity and volcanoes made in Papua New Guinea before 1944. Thischoice of year is somewhat arbitrary, but we have selected the time of the lastreported Rabaul eruption, in December 1943 (Kizawa, 1951), as the most suitablecut-off point. <_.

DEVELOPMENT OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY

Production of this bibliography began in late 1919, when a form letter wascirculated to earth scientists, historians, and others interested in Papua NewGuinea. The bibliography grew initially out of a collection of extracts frombooks, journals, letters, and so forth that were gathered by the lateR.J.S. Cooke, former Senior Government Volcanologist at the Rabaul Observatory,during his secondment from the Bureau of Mineral Resources (BMR) between 1911and 1919. After Cooke's untimely death on Karkar volcano in 1919, one of us(R.A.J.) reorganised his collection of references and compiled a bibliographiccard index. Ae subsequently decided to build on the collection with a view toeventually publishing the present bibliography of all material known to usrelating to pre-1944 observations of Papua New Guinea volcanic activity andvolcanoes. The influence of Cooke is illustrated by the histogram of referencefrequency given in Figure 1, where the 1981 peak is caused partly by publicationof the Cooke-Ravian Volume of Volcanological Papers (Johnson, 1981). Thismemorial volume contains several papers by Cooke (as author and co-author) thatdeal with eruptive histories of individual volcanoes and which are based on thereferences to pre-1944 volcanic activity that Cooke had gleaned from theliterature. The bibliography also builds on references in, and is similar informat to, the Papua New Guinea Earth Science Abstracts, published in fourvolumes by 1. Manser (Manser, 1914, 1915, 1918, 1983). These abstracts, in turn,developed out of a collection of docwments gathered by the late G.A.V. Stanley,a pioneer geologist who worked in Papua New Guinea before and after the SecondAorld jar.

Page 8: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Roboul eruption1937

100-r---------------------------------------__---------------I

iPre-1944 bibliography cut-offII

5-f-------------------------L--

50+--------------------------------------- ------~---------4

40-r---------------------------------------____.---------------I

30-r---------------------------------.-----,----;c---:--------I------ Publication ofAustralian newspapers Cooke-Ravion volume

20-+ :...:re:..':p~o~rt:..:._in~g~P:..,;..:N.;G...;e~v~e~nt:...:s_:_!----_II__------------_I_---J

Late 19th century eruption"peok'-.-----......... WOrl.J!.or [

10~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~p~r~e~-~co~lo~n~i~otlc~o~n~to~c~t~s~~~·~Ef~~~~~i~~~~~~,~

1800 1810 1820 1830 1840 1850 1860 1870 1880 1890 1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 198024 -1/5

Figure 1. Chronological distribution of volcanological reports, 1800--1982

Page 9: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Searches for references to pre-1944 observations of volcanic activity andvolcanoes were first made by using libraries and archives in Canberra, but,where this proved unsuccessful, references were requested from interstate andoverseas sources through the BMR Library. Articles obtained in this way werephotocopied and scanned, and relevant extracts from foreign-language articleswere translated. Bibliographic information was then set out on data-entry sheetsfor input to a computerised database (VLBIB) held at BMR. The flexibility ofthis system enables corrections to be made easily, keywords to be added to thebibliographic data, and entries to be selected and sorted in differentcombinations.

References to earthquakes and tsunami ~ere also encountered during thesearches for volcanology references, and both 'earthquake' and 'tsunami' areused as keywords in the bibliography. However, we have not made a deliberatesearch for earthquake references, and those listed here cannot be regarded as acomplete compilation. Further, we have included references to tsunami only ifthey do not already appear in the tsunami catalogue compiled by Everingham(1977) or if they also contain references to volcanoes or volcanic activity.

CHRONOLOGICAL GROUPING OF REFERENCES

Before 1944, the region now kno~n as Papua New Guinea (it became an independentnation in 1975) was divided, politically, into two: a northern part, which wasclaimed by Germany in 1884 and known as German New Guinea, but ~hich wassubsequently administered by Australia and Japan; and a southern part, Papua,which from 1884 onwards was under relatively unbroken rule, first by Britain andthen by Australia. The northern or New Guinea part contains most of the activevolcanoes of Papua New,·Guinea, and most of the references in this bibliographyrelate to it. The references as a whole can therefore be assigned to one of fourgroups:

(1) the pre-1884 period of discovery and exploration in New Guineaand Papua;

(2) the 1884-1914 period of German occupation of New Guinea, and theequivalent period of British and Australian administration ofPapua;

(3) the 1914-1942 period of Australian administration of New Guinea(under mandate from the League of Nations), and the equivalentperiod in Papua;

(4) the period of the Pacific Nar from 1942 onwards in both NewGuinea and Papua.

Documents relating to the period before 1884

This period covers the discovery of New Guinea by Europeans in thesixteenth century and the following period of early exploration by Portugese,Spanish, Dutch, English, and French navigators up until the early nineteenthcentury. Material searched in this category is mostly the well-known publishedaccounts of these explorers. This era of early exploration was followed by onein which whalers, traders, missionaries, and, later, scientific andhydrographical expeditions either passed through or stayed briefly in the NewGuinea region. These journeys were more numerous than those of the earlyexplorers, but are generally less well known, and relevant doclli~ents arescattered among numerous published and unpublished sources. Invaluable aids inlocating this material were the volumes on New Guinea exploration compiled by

3

Page 10: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

A. Nickmann (wickmann, 1909, 1910, 1912). The bibliography for this periodincludes all kno'Nil references to Papua New Guinea volcanoes, whether active ornot.

Documents relating to the period of German occupation of New Guinea

These documents fall into a distinct group. They are almost exclusivelywritten in German, although some of the more important texts have recently beentranslated into English and reissued. The material again falls into severalgroups - for example, different types of government documents, articles inscientific, geographical, and missionary periodicals, and monographs written byresidents and visitors. A considerable amount of this material is not availablein Australia, but is reasonably accessible in Europe. Significantly moreunpublished material undoubtedly exists in German archives, but we have not beenable to gain access to it. Considerable assistance in relation to German sourceswas provided initially by the compilations of Hammer (1907) and Sapper (1917),and later by Mr Horst Letz of Freie Universitat, Berlin, who greatly assistedthe project by providing copies of German material unobtainable in Australia.The bibliography for this period includes all known references to active orpotentially active volcanoes in Papua New Guinea. There is a significantlylarger number of entries in the bibliography for the period 1878-1891 (Fig. 1),which appears to reflect a period of increased volcanic activity in the region(Cooke & Johnson, 1978).

Documents relating to the period of Australian administration

The period of Australian administration of New Guinea can be divided intotwo, 1914-1937 and 1937-1942, and all known references to volcanic activityduring both periods are included in the bibliography. Material relating to thefirst period, especially up until 1925, is limited and ranges through similarsources to those relating to the period of German administration. Simkin &others (1981) noted a world-wide decrease in the reporting of eruptions duringthe First Norld war and shortly afterwards, and this almost certainly accountsfor the deficiency of Papua New Guinea reports during this period. Regular,long-term, newspaper reporting of New Guinea and Papua events did not beginuntil about 1925, and this is probabiy a factor contributing to the overall risein frequency of reports up to the outbreak of the Second Norld War (Fig. 1).

N.H. Fisher was assigned to government volcanological work in 1937,following the Rabaul eruptions in May of that year, and volcanological resultsobtained by him and his associates for the period 1937-41 are comprehensivelydocumented, although some unpublished material was destroyed during the PacificNar. A separate study of the 1937 and 1941-43 Rabaul eruptions is being made byone of us (R.N.J.), and a substantial part of this section of the bibliographyis devoted to a wide variety of 1937 material, such as unpublished letters,diaries, transcripts of interviews of people still living, and unpublishedgovernment documents (Fig. 1). The 1937 eruption was reported widely inAustralian newspapers, but the bibliography does not contain all of thesearticles, as much of the material is derivative and some is inaccurate. However,several items from the Sydney Morning Herald, in particular, are indexed, asthese reports are quite detailed. The 1981 peak in Figure 1 is also causedpartly by 1937-eruption entries, as these are transcripts, made in 1981, ofinterviews with eye-witnesses of the 1937 activity and recorded for theAustralian Broadcasting Commission radio program 'Taim bilong masta' (see alsoNelson, 1982).

4

Page 11: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Several items in the bibliography dealing with the 1937 and 1941-42 Rabaulactivity have been copied from Australian Government files held at theAustralian Archives in Canberra (Mitchell Repository). The files are avoluminous collection of reports and correspondence between the Territory of NewGuinea Administration and the Territories Branch in Canberra, and are classifiedunder series number A518; the relevant files have 836/4 in their item numbers.Our bibliography contains only a small amount of this valuable documentation ofgovernment involvement in the aftermath of the Rabaul 1937 eruption inparticular.

Documents relating to the period of the Pacific war

Material from this period is limited and consists mainly of official wardocuments or the personal reminiscences of the few Europeans, mainlymissionaries, who stayed in ~ew Guinea during the period of the Japaneseoccupation. Only one Japanese source from this period has been located (Kizawa,1951,1961).

BIBLIOGRAPHIC FORMAT

Each entry in the bibliography has three parts: (1) basic bibliographicinformation, consisting of the title of the article or monograph, the authors'names, the title of the journal containing the article or the name of themonograph publisher and place of publication, the volume and page numbers ofthe journal article, ani the date of publication; (2) one or more of 40keywords, which have been assigned to each entry; and (3) a short description ofthe volcanological aspects of each entry. Each entry has also been assigned anumber, prefixed by the letter 'C', which refers to the reprint or copy of thearticle held by us at BMR.

There are three indexes to the bibliography. The first is by principalauthor; the second, chronological by year of publication; and the third, bykeywords. The second index has been included as a guide to the cause ofpublication activity during each of the four pre-1944 periods identified above,and may also be of assistance in locating material on specific eruptions (forexample, the 1937 eruptions at Rabaul) or eruptions during particular periods.

The keywords fall into four categories: (1) broad geographic terms, such asBismarck Arc and Bougainville Island; (2) specific geographic names,particularly those of individual active volcanoes or volcano groups, for exampleManam and Rabaul; (3) the terms earthquake and tsunami (as referred to above)and pumice rafts; (4) the name of the language in which the article or monographwas written, but excluding English.

A large number of anonymous articles were located during the compilation,and these also fall into several groups. First, there is a small number of pre­1885 documents mostly from nautical journals whose authorship cannot beidentified in any way known to us. Second, there are anonymous items in officialGerman documents, German New Guinea Company documents, and mission journals.Again, the authorship of these has been difficult to identify, but in severalcases it has been assigned to the current Governor - for example Bennigsen orHahl - or to the resident missionary at a particular station - for exampleDassel. Third, there are newspaper and journal articles and government documentsthat were written anonymously during the period of the Australian Mandate of NewGuinea. By far the greatest number of these appear in either the Rabaul Times orthe Pacific Islands Monthly. Those in Pacific Islands Monthly have been listed

')

Page 12: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

under the editor of the magazine for this period - namely, R.I. Robson - butuncertainties concerning the identities of the successive editors of the RabaulTimes has meant that articles in that ne~spaper are listed under Anonymous.

ie expect to continue adding entries to the bibliography in the future, andupdated computer printouts can be supplied by ~riting to the Director of theBureau of ~ineral Resources. The cut-off date for entries in this edition isDecember 1984.

ACKNONLEDGEMENTS

Several individuals and organisations assisted R.J.S. Cooke in the initialcompilation of this bibliography - notably, the University of Papua Ne~ GuineaLibrary, the State Libraries of Victoria and New South wales, and the NationalLibrary, Canberra. J. Keller supplied material from German libraries, andE. Doepke, S. Freymadl, and E. MeeFwald assisted ~ith German translations.

ie ~ould like to acknowledge the considerable assistance given bysuccessive Interlibrary Loans Officers of BMR Library, Mr H. Letz for collectingmaterial in Germany, and ~rs S. Freymadl (formerly of Rabaul) and MessrsE. Feeken and R. S~oboda, both of BMR, for assisting with translations. Someitems ~ere collected by other individuals, to all of whom we extend our thanks.

REFERENCES

COOKE, R.J.S. & JOHNSON, R.I., 1978 - Volcanoes and volcanology in Papua Ne~

Guinea. Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea, Report 78/2.EVERINGHAM, I.B., 1977 - Preliminary catalogue of tsunamis: New Guinea/Solomon

Islands, 1768-1972. Bureau of Mineral Resources, Australia, Report 180.HAMMER, K.L., 1907 - Die geographische Verbreitung der vulkanischen Gebilde und

Erscheinungen im Bismarckarchipel und auf den Salomonen. Muenchow' scheHof-und Universitaets-Druckerei, Geissen.

JOHNSON, R.w. (Editor), 1981 - Gooke-Ravian volume of volcanological papers.Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea, Memoir 10.

KIZANA, T., 1951 - Volcanic tremor and tilting of the ground (first report).Kenshin Jiho 15(2), 18-34. (In Japanese)

KIZANA, T., 1961 - Untitled letter to G.A.M. Taylor.MANSER, N., 1974 -- Earth Science Abstracts, Papua New Guinea, to 1971. Bureau

of Mineral Resources, Australia, Bulletin 143.MANSER, w., 1975 - Earth science abstracts 1972-73. Geological Survey of Papua

New Guinea, Memoir 4.MANSER, w., 1978 - Earth science abstracts 1974-76. Geological Survey of Papua

New Guinea, Memoir 5.MANSER, W., 1983 - Earth science abstracts to 1979. Geological Survey of Papua

New Guinea, Memoir 11.NELSON, H., 1982 - TAIM BILONG MASTA. Australian Broadcasting Commission,

Sydney.SAPPER, K., 1917 - KATALOG DER GESCHICHTLICHEN VULKANAUSBRUCHE. Taubrer,

Strassberg.SIMKIN, T., SIEBERT, L., McCLELLAND, L., BRIDGE, D., NENHALL, C., &

LATTER, J.H., - VOLCANOES OF THE WORLD. Hutchinson Ross, Stroudsberg.iICKXANN, A., 1909 - Entdeckungsgeschichte von Neu-Guinea bis 1828. Nova Guinea

1, 1-387.wICKMANN, A., 1910 - Entdeckungsgeschichte von Neu-Guinea 1828 bis 1885. Nova

Guinea 2, 1-369.WICKXANN, A., 1912 - Entdeckungsgeschichte von Neu-Guinea 1885 bis 1902. Nova

Guinea 2, 371-1026.

6

Page 13: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

CoooOl

Cooo02

Cooo03

Cooo04

Cooo05

COO006

Voyage in search of La Perouse.performed by order of the Constituent Assembly,during the years1791 1792,1793.and 1794Labiilardiere,M.(J.J.H. )John Stockdale.LondonPP151-167,439-449 (1800)• Boogainville Island 4 Bismarck Arc 4 Admiralty Islands 4 Lolobau * RitterAn account of the D'Entrecasteaux voyage which passed along the westcoast of Bougainville Island through St.Georges Channel to the AdmiraltyIslands and along the north coast of New Britain.Duportail Island wasnamed and Ritter was seen in eruption in late June 1793. No mention ismade volcanoes on Bouga inv i lle Island

Scenes,incidents.and adventures in the Pacific Ocean,or th~ islandS of the Australasian seas,during the cruise of the clipper Margaret Oakley under Capt.Benjamin;lorrellJacobs. To J.Harper 6 Brothers New YorkPP78-230.250-305 (1844)• Bismarck Arc 4 Boug3inville Island 4 W;tu Islands 4 RitterThe Ilitu Islar.ds are described in detail.Descriptions are also given ofthe north coast of New Britain.and Bougain~ille Island where two extinctvolcanoes were noted.An active volcano and hot springs are described on"HorreU's Peninsula".Ritter Island is also described

Travels in German,British.and Dutch New GuineaPoech.R.GeograJ:.,ical Journal30.609-(16 (1907)• Bismarck Arc 4 Manam * Mount VictGry 4 Eastern Papua MainlandAn eruption at Manam on 24 October 1904 is mentioned.Mount Victory isbriefly described,but no mention is made of recent actiVity

Discovery of Ililliam the Fourth group of islands.Pacific OceanFraser.CaptainNautical Magazine and Naval Chronicle3.74-76 (1834)• Dampier Strait * Bismarck ArcAn 1834 voya~ throuQh Dampier Strait is described. Volcanic activityfrom unidentIfied islands in the strait and along the cOast of NewGuinea is mentioned

Dampier's voYagesDampier,lJ.Grant Ri.hards.LondonPP522-549 (1906)• Ulawun 4 Ritter 4 LonQ Island 4 Karkar 4 Ma~am 4 Kadovar * Bismarck Arc * BamAn account o~ a voyage In 1700 along the south coast of New Britain andthe north coa~t of New Guinea. Volcanic activity was seen at Ulawun.Ritter,Han~m,and at one of the Schouten Islands,possiblY Kadovar.Editedby J.Masefi eld

Discoveries in eastern New Guinea,by Captain Horesby and the officers of H.M.S.BasiliskHoresby,J.Royal Geographi;~l 1ociety.Journal45.153·170 (161),• D'Entrecasteli'J:'. T...~ands 4 Bam 4 Mount Victory 4 Eastern Papua Mainland 4 Bismarck ArcAn 1674 voyage '~','-;ng which Fergusson Island thermal areas and BamIsland volcanic activity are deocribed. Mount Victory is named,but was

A- 1 ~...-- ~-AGPS----

Page 14: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00007

C00008

C00009

COOOI0

C00011

C00012

inactive

Visits to the eastern and north-eastern coast of New GuineaPowell,W.Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography5,505-517 (1883)• Rabaul 4 Ulawun 4 Bamus 4 Lolobau 4 Ritter 4 Long Island 4 Karkar 4 Langila 4 Bam 4 Bismarck ArcA ~hort account of the volcsnoes along the New Britain north coast andoff the nort~ coast of New Guinea.The Rabaul volcanoes. Ulawun, Bamus ,Langila,Lolobau,Ritter and Manam are listed as being active

The east and west Ind ian Mirror, be ing a" account of Jor is Van Spe ilbergen' s voyage round theworld (1614-1617),and the Australian navigations of Jacob Le HaireSchouten.W. Le Maire,J.Hakluyt Society,LondonSecond Series,No.18.P219 (1906)• Manam 4 Bismarck Arc 4 BamThe 1616 sighting of Manam volcano by Schouten and Le Maire. Thevolcano was said to be emitting flames and smoke from the summit.Translated with notes and an introducation by J.A.J. de Villiers

The voyages of Abel Janszoon TasmanTasman,A. J.Clarendon Press, OxfordPP200-204,210-233 (1968)4 Earthquake 4 Witu Islands 4 Bismarck Arc 4 Karkar 4 Manam 4 BamAn acco~nt of a 1643 voyage up the east coast of New Ireland, acroSs theBismarck Sea to t"e Witu Islands.and on to I<arkar Island, where heobserved volcanic activity.Ta~man mistakes Karkar for Manam.A strongearthauake was felt on 12 April 1643.Edited and translated by A.Sharp

A narrative of four voyages,to the south sea,north and south Pacific Ocean,Chinese Sea,Ethiopicand southern Atlantic Ocean.Indian and Antarctic Ocean from the year1822 to 1831Morrell,B.JuniorJ.e J.Har~r~New YorkPP452-466 (1032)• Bougainville Island 4 Bismarck ArcAn account of a vo\'age in 1830 from Buka Island throuQh St.George'sChannel,ar.d alonQ th.;o north coast of New Britain and Rew Guinea.SixunidentifieJ act,ve v~lcanoes are described off the northern coast ofNew Guinea

George Brown,D.D. pioneer-missionary and explorer. An autobiographl'.A narrative of forty-eightyears' residence and travel in Sall'.oa,New Britain.New Ireland.New Guinea,alld the Solomon IslandsBrown.G.Hodder e Stoughton,LondonPP93-98,1~9.237-246,508 (1908)4 Bamus 4 Ulawun 4 Rabaul • Bismarck ArcA description of the 1878 ~ruptions of Vulcan and Tavurvur volcanoes inthe Rabaul caldera is given. Ulawun and Barnus were seen or. 25 July 1898.No activitf was reported

Volcanoes of the PacificPhillipo.C.New Zealand Insti~ute,Transactions31.510-551 (1899)• Bismar-k Arc. Bagana 4 BouQainville Island 4 Tsunami 4 Ritter 4 I<arkar 4 Hanam 4 Bam 4 Earthquake 4 RabaulTwo active volcanoes on Bougalnville Island are mentioned.The Rabaul

B-1 -AGPS __aI

Page 15: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

COO013

C00014

C00015

C00016

C00017

C00018

vplc~nQes ~nd the 1878 eruption ~re desr.ribed.The tsunami ~nerated bythe 16tltl R,tter Island eruption .s described.Ritter.l<arkar.Manam and Barnare named as active volcanoes. Earthquakes were reported felt in PortHoregby on 6e7 March 1895 and a tsunami on 18 April 1895 is described

On volcanic activity on the islands near the north-east coast of New Guinea and evidence ofriGing of the Naclay-Coast in New GuineaMikloucho-Maclay.N.deLinn~an Society of New South ~ales.Proceedings9.963-967 (1884)* Admiralty Islands * Bismarck Arc * Tsunami * Earthquake * Manam * BamObservations of earthquakes. effects of tsunamis.coastal uplifts.andactivity from Bam,Hanam.and possibly Tuluman volcanoes,between 1871 and1883

The Solomon Islands:their geologY.general features and suitability for colonizationGuppy.H.B.Swan Sonnensche in, LOir/I'ey & Co., LondonPPl-7.20-23.l37-144 (1887)* Bougainville Island * BaganaThe volcanoes on B~gainville Island are briefly described.A whitecolumn of vapour issued continuously from the summit area of Baganaduring intermittent observations over several months from islands to the

south.Bagana appeared to be the only active volcano on BougainvilleIsland

First ascent of Hount BalbiHamlin,H.Australian Geographer1(2).31-38 (1929)* Bougainville Island * Balbi * BaganaAn account of the first recorded ascent of Mount Balbi by anornithological expedition lead by Hamlin.who gives a fancifuldescription of the summit area and the actiVity there. Bagana and itsactivity is ~1so briefly described

Isle of BougainvilleDe1and.C.C.Royal Geographic3l Society of Australi~. South Australian Branch.Proceedings37.91-95 (1936)* Bougainville Island * Balbi * BaganGBalbi and Bagana volcanoes on Bougainville l~land are mentioned briefly.Oeland obse-ved Bagana from near I<ieta in July 1933 and described thevolcano as <' well-formed cone emitting enormous amounts of steam

Cruises in H~·,'lnesia.Micronesia.end~estern Pacific.in 1882.1883.and 1884.and visits to NewGu inea and th" ..ou is iades in 1884 and 1885Bridge.C.Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography8,545-567 (1886)* Bismarck Arc * Long Island * RabaulThe Rabaul volcanoes are briefly mentioned.Long Island was visited inl885.but is not described

North~rn New Guinea.1936Marshall. A. J.Geographical Journal89(6).489-506 (1937)* EarthquakeThe effects of an earthquake in the Torricelli Mountains in 1935 are

C- 1.... .-_..... ~-AGPS-....

Page 16: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00019

C00020

C00021

C00022

C00023

C00024

described

Preliminary notes on the recent earthquake in New GuineaStanley,G.A.V. Carey,S.W. Montgomery,J.N. Eve,H.D.Australian Geographer2(8),8-15 (1935)* EarthquakeThe nature and effects of the 20 September 1935 earthquake in northernNew Guinea are described in detail

Volcanic action in New GuineaStanley,E.R.Second Paci fi c Sci e"ce Congress , Austral ia ,Proceedi n9s1,830-833 (1923)* D'Entrecasteaux Islands * Balb; * Bagana * Willaume~ Peninsula * Lolobau * Bismarck Arc * Bougainville Island *Dampier Strait * Manam * langilaA ehort note on the distribution of young volcanoes in Papua New Guinea.Balbi is reported to be constantly in eruption. Willaume~ Peninsula,Lolob3u,or Balbi are recommended as a site for a volcanologicalobservatory

Narrative of a voyage to the Ethiopic and south Atlantic Ocean,Indian Dcean,Chinese Sea,Northand South Pacific Ocean,in the years 1829,1830,1831Horrell, A. J.J.£ J.Har~r,New YorkPP73-87 (1833)* Bismarck ArcAn account of a voyage in 1830 alon~ the north coasts of New Britainand New Guinea.Six unidentified act,ve volcanoes are reported off thenorth coast of New Guinea

Log-book kept by the first mate of the American ship Alliance,during the voyage fromPennsylvania to Canton and return in 1787-1788Dale,R.Unpublished log, U.S. Department of the Navy,National Archives,WashingtonPP1-109 (1788)* Bougainville Island~ handwritten account of a voyage by an American merchant ship,theAlliance commanded by Thomas Read during which the vessel sailed northalong the west coast of Bou~ainville Island between 12 and 15 August1787. No mention of any sightings of volcanoes is made

Wanderings in a wild countryPowell,W.Sa~son Low,Harston,Searle,6 Rivington,LondonPP32-39,112-116,218-230,277-278 (1883)* Rabaul * Ulawun * Bamus * Lolobau * Willaumez Peninsula * Witu Islands * Langila * Dampier Strait * Ritter *Bismarck ArcAn important,but in places erroneous,account of the 1878-1879exploration of the north coast of New Britain. A description of the 1878activity at Rabaul is given. Matupi Island is said to have an extinctcrater at its centre. Ulawun and Bamus were seen smoking and Langila andRitter were seen in eruption

New Guinea:a summary of our present knowledge with r~gard to the islandTrotter,C.Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography6(4),196-215 (1884)* Bismarck Arc * RitterRitter Island and a volcano on New Britain are briefly mentioned

0- 1 _AGPS __mI

Page 17: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00025

C00026

C00027

C00028

C00029

C00030

C00031

Some notes on recent exploration in British New GuineaTrotter,C.Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography14(11),788-796 (1892)4 Mount Victory 4 Eastern Papua MainlandA report on the observations made by Macgregor regarding activity ofMount Victory

My adventures among south sea cannibals.An account of the experiences and adventures of agovernment official among the natives of OceaniaRannie,D.Seeley,Service &Co. ,LondonP37 (912)4 Bougainville Island 4 Bagana 4 RabaulAccount of a Government agent,who from 1884 to 1903, super'~isedrecruitment of island labourers. Report of an active volcano, "Bagano".inthe centre of Bougainville but made no mention of any volcanic activityon the island. Violent volcanic activity from the Rabaul area inreported, but it appears that either the data or location is in error

The Raoaul volcanic eruption of 1937Joycey.D.Historical Society of New Britain,BulletinPP1-4 (1937)4 RabaulA narrative of the 1937 Rabaul eruption by a Medical Assistant based atRapindik Hospital.

Mourning on a desolate coastRoss,IJ.A.Christian Family and our MissionsPP146,155 (1930)4 TsunamiThe effects of a tsunami on the Sapara Mission station on 24 December1930 are described

Account of tidal wave and earthquake as observed at Buna Bay,PapuaRichmond,J.Government Gazette,Port MoresbyN01.19 January 1907,P1 (1907)4 Earthquake 4 TsunamiThe effects of an earthquake and tsunami on the Buna Bay area on 2October 1906 are described

Report on the seismicity of the Mandated TerritoryFisher,N.H.Unpubli shed memorandum to The Secretary for LanrJs, RabaulPP1-2 (1938)4 EarthquakeA review of Papua New Guinea seismicity,1913-19~7,compiledby P.F.Rhe inberger, Ri verv iew College, Sydney. The resub:s are discussed byFisher partly with respect to volcano d istr ibut i con and act i vi ty

Manam Island volcanic eruption.Extracts from Ins~ector's JournalMarr,C.C.New Guinea ~gricultural Gazette3.3-4 (1937)4 Manam 4 Bismarck ArcA report on the agricultural effects of the 1936 Manam eruption is given

E- 1.... ~-AGPS-...

Page 18: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00032

C00033

C00034

C00035

C00036

C00037

C00038

Violent eruption in Bougainville, T.N.G.Robson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly8(2).9 (1937)• Bagana • Bougainville IslandA report from I<ieta of the 1937 eruption of Bagana

Narrative of a voyage round the world. performed in Her Majesty's sh;p Sulphur,during the years1836-1842. including details of the naval operations in Chlna.from Dec.1840 to Nov.1841Belcher,E.Henry Colburn.~ondonPP68-106 (1843)• Earthquake • RabaulA July 1840 visit to New Ireland.A felt e&"~:"::'Jake and the view ofRabaul volcanoes are mentioned

The islands of the New Britain groupRomilly,H.H.Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography9(1),1-18 (1887)• Rabaul • EarthquakeVisits to New Britain.1881 to 1883.The Rabaul volcanoes, and the 1878Rabaul erupt ion are descr ibed. An earthquake felt on Matup i Island dUI' ing1883 is also described

An historical journal of events at Sydney and at sea 1787-1792Hunter,J.Angus & Robertson.SydneyPP155,417.Plates 10 & 11 (1968)• RabaulThe narrative of Hunter's visit to the Rabaul area,includin~ a record ofthe 1791 eruption of Tavurvur.Journal originally pUblished ,n 1793.Edited by J.Bach

Carteret's voyage round the world,1766-1769Carteret.P.Hakluyt·Society.CambridgePP178-199.341-345 (1965)• RabaulThe narrative of the 1767 visit to New Britain.recording the discoveryof St George's Channel and volcanic activity probably from Tavurvur.Edited by H.wallis

A voyage to New South Wales. The journal of lieutenant William Bradley RN of HMS Sirius 1786-1792Bradley.W.Trustees of the Public library of New South Wales in association with Ure Smith Pty ltdPP254-269 (1969)• RabaulA narrative of John Hunter's visit to the Rabaul area including a recordof the 1791 eruption of Tavurvur

Report on the salient geological features and natural resources of the New Guinea Territoryincluding notes on dialects and ethnologyStanley.E.R.Report on the Territory of New Guinea,1921-1922Append:x B.PPl-93 (1923)• Bismarck Arc. Earthquake. Rabaul • Lolobau • Ulawun • Bamus • Pago • Willaumez Peninsula. Langila • Ritter • LonIsland • I(arkar * Manam • Bam

F - 1_________-... r.- ~-AGPS-...

Page 19: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00039

C00040

C00041

C00042

C00043

C00044

C00045

A comprehensive account of the known volcanoes and volcanic areas ofNew Guinea.Earthquakes felt in Rabaul during 1920 are listed. Majorearthquakes on 1 December 1916, 7 May 1919 and 4 July 1921 are mentioned

Report on volcanological and seismological investigations at RabaulStehniC.E. Woolnough,W.G.Unpub ished report ,Commonwealth Government, CanberraPPl-34 (1937)'" RabaulA volcanological report by external advisors on the 1937 Rabauleruption, which recommends evacuation of Rabaul as a main administrativecentreLog and private Jvurnal of D.Parker Wilson,ship's surgeon of the South Sea whaler Gypsy on avoyage from 23 October 1839 to 19 March,1843Wilson,D.P.Microfilm copy,No.M198,of the unpublished manuscript,Australian National University,Canberra15 March 1842 (1843)'" Bougainville Island'" BaganaWilson recognised the volcanic nature of the mountains on BougainvilleIsland.On 15 March 1842 dense white vapours were being emitted from thesummit area and flanks of Bagana

Bericht ueber die vulkanischen Ereignisse der Jahre 1895-1913Sapper ,1<'Gerlands Beitraege zur Geophysik14,85-97,99-155 (1914) .'" Bismarck Arc '" Bouga inv i lIe Island '" Manam '" I<arkar '" Bam '" Ulawun '" Bal.b i • Baqana '" GermanBismarck Arc and Solomon Island volcanic activity during the p~r':od 1895-1913 is reported. Part translation

Pioneering in New GuineaChalmers,J.Religious Tract Society,LondonPP216-219 (1887)'" Bismarck Arc'" Long Island'" RitterA report of a voyage to New Guinea's northcoast.Activity from Ritter ismentioned and Long Island is described as being extinct

Volcanic sea wave·~harton ,W .J.L.I",!ture~9,303-304 (1889), Ritter '" Tsunami '" Bismarc~ ArcAn English translation of an account of the 1888 Ritter tsunami given inGerman in Annalen der Hydrograph ie und Mar it imen Meteorol,:)g ie ,1888

Notes on a recent journey to New Guinea and New BritainBrown,G.Report of the 7th Meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science,Sydney7,790-797 (1898)'" RabaulBrown briefly mentions the 1878 Rabaul eruptions in a section entitled'Formation of an island'. Vulcan Island is named and de':>cribed

Notes on the Duke of York group, New Britain. and New IrelandBrown,G.Royal Geographical Society,Journal47,137-150 (1877)'" Rabaul

G- 1 r~.... ~-AGPS-IIIIIIII

Page 20: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00046

C00047

C00048

C00049

C00050

C00051

C00052

The thermal activity in Blanche Bay,Rabaul, is described. Theobservations were made before the 1878 Vulcan and Tavurvur eruptions

Notes on the physiography of Eastern New Guinea and surrounding island groupsHassey,C.H.Royal Society of Queensland,Proceedings35,85-107 (1923)~ Rabaul ~ Earthquake ~ TsunamiA general description of the Rabaul volcanic complex is given,includingthermal activity and seismicity.Earthquakes felt in Rabaul in January1916 and on 22 May 1917 are described

Hydrogra~hical extract from a six months' cruise among the South Sea IslandsS,mpson.C.H.Report to the Admiralty,11 December 1872.Great Britain,Parliamentary accounts Dnd papers,session6 February - 5 August 1873,Colonies and British Possessions50.1-8 (1873)~ RabaulReport of the 1872 survey of Blanche Bay,Rabaul. The volcanic featuresof the area are described for the first time

Brief notes regarding earthquakes in the New Guinea regionPigot.E.F.Report on the Territory o~ New Guinea,1921-1922Appendix E,PPI-2 (1923)~ EarthquakeA short note on New Guinea seismicity between 1916 and 1919.Earthquakes felt in New Guinea during 1921 and 1922 are tabulated

Report of the Seismological Committee of the Australasian Association for the Advancement ofScienceBaracch i ,P. (secretarY)Report of the 9th meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science,Hobart9.42-43 (1902)~ Earthquake ~ TsunamiReports of an earthquake and tsunami on New Britain on 11 September 1900are detailed

Eruptions at Rabaul, New GuineaJaggar,T.A.Volcano Letter448,2-6 (1937)~ Rabaul * Ritter ~ Bismarck Arc ~ UlawunA general account of the 1937 Rabaul eruptions is given. includingreports from thp. V.S. vessel 'Golden Bear' that assisted in theevacuation of Rabaul.Activity of Ritter and Ulawun is briefly described

The volcanic eruption in Blanche Bay, Territory of New Guinea, Hay, 1937Cilento,R.Historical Society of Queensland,Journal2(1),37-49 (1937)~ Bismarck Arc ~ Rabaul * Ulawun ~ Hanam ~ Willaumez Peninsula * BamusA general account of the 1937 RaQaul eruptions. but including anincomplete review of activity both in Rabaul and elsewhere in NewBritain. A record of oral history relating to volcanic activity atSulphur Creek is also given

Report on vulca,ological and seismological investigations at RabaulStehn,Ch. Woolnough.W.G.Australian Parliamentary Paper

/-1- 1...---------------------~-AGPS- ....

Page 21: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1826-1827-1828-

C00053

C00054

C00055

C00056

C00057

C00058

No 84 of 1937.PP149-158 (1937)... RabaulPublished government report of Rabaul volcanic geology and activity,including the 1937 eruptions and the prospect of future activity

The Rabaul disasterLewis.F.G.Missionary Review46(1),3-10 (1937)... RabaulA Methodist minister's account of the 1937 Rabaul eruptions

Voyage de Dentrecasteaux. envoye a la recherche de la PerouseRossel,M.deL'Imprimerie ImQeriale.ParisPP116-154.362-451 (1808)... Bougainville Island'" Bismarck Arc ... Admiralty Islands ... Lolobau ... Ritter ... FrenchAn account of D'Entrecasteaux's voyage which passed along the west coastof Bougainville Island.through St.George's Channel to the AdmiraltyIslands and along the north coast of New Britain.Duportail Island wasnamed and Ritter seen in eruption in late June 1793. No mention is madeof volcanoes on Bougainville Island.Part translation

Voyage autour du monde entrepris par ordre du gouvernement sur la corvette la CoquilleLesson.P.P.Pourrat Freres.Paris2.PPI-108.445-546 (1~39)... Bougainville Island ... Bismarck Arc ... French'" Rabaul ... B~.nAn account of a voyage past Bouga inv ille Island. through .',t Geor,1e' sChannel and along the north coasts of New Britain and New Guinea.TheSchouten Islands are named.No volcanic activity was seen.No translation

Voyage au Pole Sud et dans L'Oceanie sur les corvettes L'Astrolabe et La Zelee.execute par ordredu Roi pendant les annees 1837-1838-1839-1840. sous le commandement deM.J. Dumont D'Urville. Tome cinquieme. Histoire du voyageDumont D'Urville.J.S.C.Gide.ParisPP14-121.Notes PP1-27 (1843)... Bougainville r31and ... FrenchAn account of a voyage along the east coast of Bougainville Island inDecember 1838.The 'sland was seen dominated by a chain of highmountains,the highe~t of which (presumably Mount Balbi) was partlycovered by what appe~red to be snow.No active volcanism was seen. Parttranslation

Memoire pour servir d'analyse et d'explication a la carte de la Nouvelle-Guinee et du Detroitde Torres. In:Recueil de memoirs hydrographiques pour servir d'analyseet d'explication a L'Atlas de l'Ocean PacifiqueI(rusenstern. A. J. deDepartmente Instruction Publique,St PetersburgPP61-83 (824)... Dampier Strait ... Long Island'" Bismarck Arc'" French'" Ritter ... ManamA geoQraphical description of New Guinea is given, including theidentIfication of north coast islands as volcanic, based on observationsby Dampier, and Schouten and Le Maire. No translation

Voyage de la corvette L'Astrolobe execute par ordre du Roi pendant les annees1829,sous le commandement de M.J.Dumont D'Urville,Capitaine de Vaisseau.Histoire du voyageDumont D'Urville,J.S.C.

Page 22: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

la flute l'Etoile,en 1766,1767,1768

f<arkar * ManamJ.Tastu.Paris4,500-563 (1832)* Bam * Bismarck Arc * French * Dampier Strait * Ritter • Long Island *A record of a voyage in 1827 through Dampier Strait and along the northcoast of New Guinea.Ritter, Long Island, I<arkar, Manam and Bam ar-edescribed.No volcanic activity was seen. Part translation

la fregate du roi la Boudeuse,etVoyage autour du monde,parCo 1769Bougainville.L.A.deLe Breton,ParisPP258-293 (1771)* French * Earthquake * Bougainville IslandAn account of an expedition to the southwest Pacific during whichBougainville Island wes discovered in late June 1768.The e~st coast ofthe island was reconnoitred and high mountains in the interiordescribed.No mention is made of volcanoes. Earthquakes were felt insouthern New Ireland during July 1768.Part translation

Memoire sur les Operations geographiques faites dans la campagne de la covette de S.M.laCoquille, pendan~ les annees 1822.1R23,1824 et 1825Duperrey,L.I.Bertrana,ParisPP22-33,52-77,9S-96 (1926)* Bougainville Island * Bismarck Arc * French * RabaulJournal of a voyage from Buka throu~h St.Georges Channel and along thenorth coast of New Guinea.No volcaniC activity is mentioned.Notranslat ior.

C00059

C00060

C00061

C00062

Extract from the diary of Mgr.Collomb,volume 2,covering the 12,13,and 14 May 1848Collomb. Monse igneurGeneralate Archives of the Society of Mary,Rome.APM reference "Dossier Collomb"PPl-2 (1848)* Bismarck Arc * Ritter * FrenchRitter Island activity on 13 May 1848 is described in detail.Parttranslation

Untitled letterVillien.G.Generalate Archives of the Society of Mary,Rome.APM reference OMM.208.Villien to Villien,10 July1848PP1-3 (1848)• Bismarck Arc * Ritter * FrenchA letter from missionary Villien to a cousin in France, givin~ adescription of Ritter Idland and its activity. A translation IS given inWiltgen. 1979

C00063

C00064

Our volcanic issueThomas,G. (edi tor)Rabaul Times633,1-6 (1937)* Ulawun * Rabaul * Bismarck ArcA detailed description of thu 1937 Rabaul eruption.Ulawun is said tohave erupted in early June 1937

Extract from the diary of George Brown.covering the 15,16,17,18,19,and 20 February 1878Brown,G. .Manuscript Section,Mitchell Library,SydneyPP1-10 (1878)* Robaul

J- 1 -AGPS __•

Page 23: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00065

C00066

C00067

A detailed description is given of the 1878 Rabaul eruption

The volcanic eruptions at RabaulWayne,R.Unpublished personal diaryPPl-23 (937)'" RabaulExtract from the diary of R. Wayne cover i ng the r:>er i od 29 Hay-4 June1937, in which a detailed description of the 1937 Rabaul eruption isgiven

Untitled letterHargetts,L.H.Unpublished personal letterPPI-6 (1937)'" RabaulA letter to "Margaret" in which the 1937 Rabaul eruption is described

Untitled letterJonesiA.S.Unpub ished personal letterPPI-9 (1937)'" RabaulA letter to Hr e Hrs H.Jones in w~ich the 1937 Rabaul eruption. isdescribed

Volcanic eruptions compel evacuation of RabaulRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly7(11),9-14,71-73 (1937)'" RabaulA detailed account of the 1937 Rabaul eruption

sign if icance of the recent erupt ion in Blanc',e Bay, Terr i tory of New Gu ineaReport on the medicalCilento.R.Territories Branch;Correspondence File,Multi-Number Series:Clas~es Relating to ExternalTerritories: "New Guinea.Volcanic Eruption.Cilento Report"1937 • AustraliaArchivesCRS AS18 item. X.836/4.PP1-33 (1937)'" Bismarck Arc'" Earthquake'" Ulawun '" RabaulA summary of past activity in the east New Britain region, includingextracts frcm Tasman and Oampier is given.Rabaul eruptions in 1845. 1878and 1937,and earthquakes in 1916 and 1926 are described

Proposal about the organisation,the work and the equipment of a Volcanological Observatory atRabaul for watching the volcanoes of the Blanche Bay.New BritainStehn,C.Terr i tor ies Branch; Corresponde"ce File, ~lult i-Number Ser ies; Classes Rel,~t ing to ExternalTerritories: "New Guinea.Miscellaneous.Volcanological Observatory Part1"1938-1939,Australian ArchivesCRS AS18 item, A.H.836/4.PP1-16 (1938)'" RabaulA detailed proposal for the establishment of a volcanologicalobservatory in Rabaul

Volcanic eruption.May 1937- missing nativesMcNicoll,W.R.Territories Branch;Correspondence File,Multi-Number Series;Classes Relating t? ExternalTerritorics:"New Guinea Volcanic Oisturbance-Rabaul-May 1937".1937-1938,Australian Archives

C00068

C00069

C00070

C00071

1< - 1 -AGPS __..

Page 24: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00072

COOO(3

CRS AS18 item,V.836/4.PP1-3 (1937).. RabaulA letter to the Secretary,Prime Minister's Department detailing nativeswho have been missing since the May 1937 Rabaul eruption '

Report on the work of the Police during the eruption that occurred in Rabaul on the 29 and 30 ofMay,1937Ball,W.B.Territories Branch;Correspondence File,Multi-Numb~~Series;Clacses Relating to ExternalTerritori es: "New Gui nea Volcani c Disturbance-Rabaul-May 1937" .1937-1938.Australian ArchivesCRS AS18 item,V.836/4.PP1-8 (1937).. RabaulA report detailing the activities of the Police during the 1937 Rabauleruption

Meteorologische Beobachtungen in Deutsch-Neu-GuineaDanckelman,A.vonMitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten12,238-242 (1899).. Earthquake .. GermanA description and tabulation of e~rthquakes felt in New Guinea during1898 is given.No translation

Manager,Burns Philip & Co. ,Sydney describing theS. S. Montor'Q dur ing the 1937 Rabaul erupt ion

radio broadcast on Sydney station 2FC at 7:40 pm on 7 June 1937

C00074

C0007S

Unt i tled letterMichie.H.Territories Branch;Correspondence File,Multi-Number Series;Classes RelatingTerritories: "New Guinea.Volcanic Distrubance-Rabaul-May 1937" 1937-1938,Australian ArchivesCRS AS18 item,V.836/4.PP1-2 (1937).. RabaulA letter to themovement of the

Transcript of aSullivan,B.Territories Branch:Correspondence File,Multi-Number Series;Classes RelatingT",rritories:"New GUinea.Volcanic Distrubance-Rabaul-May 1937" 1937-1938,Australian ArchivesCRS AS1a item,V.836/4.PP1-4 (1937).. RabaulA report of conditions in Rabaul in early June 1937 during the 1937Rabaul eruption

to External

to External

C00076

C00077

Untitled memorandumJohnson,G.J.Geological Society of London,Proceedings76(1),V-V1 (1920).. EarthquakeMemorandum addressed to the Secretary of Defence,Melbourne.regarding astrong earthquake felt in Rabaul on 7 May 1919

Untitled letterCosma,SisterSteyler Missionsbote49,14 (1921).. Bismarck Arc'" Manam .. GermanAn eruption of Manam during December 1920 is described. Activity iscompared with a previous eruption in 1917.Part translation

L- 1....-------- ~-AGPS----

Page 25: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

r--------=-------~------------...".....,--..Bischof Couppe an den Hochwuerdigen P.Generalobern

Lieben Frau vom Heiligsten Herzen JesuC00078 Brief des Hochwuerdigsten

Couppe,L.I<alender zu Ehren Unserer7,99·128 (1896)• Bismarck Arc ~ Ulawun • Bamus • GermanUlawun and Bamus are described in detail and pastmentioned.Part translation

erupt ions are

C00079

C00080

CO ,081

C00082

C00083

C00084

C00085

Bericht des Hissionsbischofs Ludwig Couppe an den hochw.P.Provinzial in HiltrupCouppe,L.Hiltruper Monatshefte29,245-248 (1912)• Bismarck Arc ~ Pago • GermanAn eruption of Pago during 1911-1912 is described.Part translation

Wie mir einmal der Boden unter den Fuessen brannteFranke.B.Der kleine Missionsfreund.In:Hiltruper Monatshefte47(8),58-60 (1930)• Bismarck Arc ~ Pago • GermanAn account is given of an ascent of Pago during an eruption in 1930.Fulltranslation

Wie ich zum zweiten Mal dem Vulkan E Pago zu Leibe rueckteFranke,B.Liebfrauen Monatshefte51.206-208 (1934)• Bismarck Arc ~ Pago • GermanAn account is given of a de =ent into Pago crater sometime during 1933.Part translation

A ik a warawai ure ra luara a iagina "Pago"To Rongmul",W.A Nila I Ra Dowot16(1251),7-8:1252.8 (1924)• Bismarck Arc ~ Pago • I<uanuaAn account of an ascent of Pago in October 1923.A translation is givenin New Guinea Islands News,63.7-8,April 1980

Untitled letterHermenegiloe,SisterSteyler Missionsbote52,158 (1924)• Bismarck Arc ~ Manam • GermanManam activity between 1914 and 1924 is mentioned.Part translation

Meine Fahrt nach Nakanai-i<ilengeIschler,P.Hiltruper Monatshefte47.332-341 (1930)• Bismarck Arc ~ Ulawun ~ German. PagoUla~un was s~en smoking in 1930.An account is given of an ascent of Pagoin ~918 and of activity in 1930.Part translation

I<r!,k"r oder Dampi er-InselI<Uf.Z".G.Pet~rmanns Mitteilungen aus JUstU9 Perthes geographischer Anstalt~~,193-19S (1896).. Bis,narck Arc • I<arkar ~ Germani<brkar Island is described and an ~c~ount of the 1895 eruption is qiven.

M- 1r.- ~_~ ~-AGPS-..

Page 26: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00086

C00087

C00088

C00089

C00090

C00091

C00092

C00093

Part translation

Im 0ienst des J<reu:zes auf ungebahnten PfadenI<unze ,G.Rheinisches Missionscheft,BarmenPP44-45,64-65 (1925)'" Bismarck Arc'" J<arkar .. GermanA short account is given of the 1895 I<arkar erupt ion. Part translat ion

Aus del' deutschen Suedsee.Mitteilungen del' Missionare vom ;,e,ligsten Her:zen Jesu.Band l:P.Matthaeus Rascher,M.S.C.und Baining (Neu-Pommern) Land und leuteDormann,P. Meier,P.J.(editors)Aschendorff,MuensterPP202-207,212-217 (1909).. Bismarck Arc .. Ulawun .. Bamus .. lolobau '" GermanUlawun,Bamus and lolobau are briefly described. Smoke WaS seen issuingfrom Ulawun.Native legends regarding the volcanoes are given.Parttranslation '

Aus meinem TagebuchSchumm,R.liebfrauen Monatshefte46,14-18 (1929)'" Bismarck Arc .. Ulawun .. Bamus '" Pago '" GermanUlawun and Bamus are briefly mentioned.Pago was in eruption between 1908and 1918 and was still emitting vapour in 1927.Part translation

Wie die Fischreusen n,ich beinahe um meinen ersten Tauftag in Nakanai brachtenStamm,J.Hiltruper Monatshefte47,85-91 (1930)'" Bismarck Arc'" Pago '" GermanPast activity of Pago is briefly, mentioned.A photograph shows ashemission from the vo1cano.Part translation

Meine Missionsarbeit bei den Nakanai .Vorbereitung und AnfangStamm,J.Undated,unp-ublished memoir in the archives of the Mission of the Sacred Heart,VunepopePP1-4 (1916)'" Bismarck Arc'" Pago '" Ulawun '" GermanThe past eruptive activity of Pago and Ulawun is described.Parttranslation

Die Aussichten auf die Nakanai Mission sind nicht ganz aussichtslosStamm,J.Undated,unpublished memoir in the archives of the Mission of the Sacred Heart,VunepopePl (1918)'" Bismarck Arc'" Pago '" GermanA summary of past activity of Pago. Part translation

Das Saegewerk am ToriuBley,B.J<alender zu Ehren Unserer lieben Frau vom Heiligsten Herzen Jesu17,65-73 (1906)'" Ula~un '" Bismarck Arc'" GermpnAn account from a pr iest who worked at Tor iu sawm ill in view of Ulawunvolca.,o.Notes that Ulawun regularly emitted vapour in 1904.Notranslation

lettre de Monseigner Couppe au T.R.P.Chevalier,Superieur Ceneral des Missionnaires du

N- 1 _AGPS __..

Page 27: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00094

C00095

C00096

C00097

C00098

C00099

COOlOO

Sacre-C~urCQUPpe.L.Annales de Notre-Darne du Sacre-Coeur30.PP94-99.148-157.2l0-214.272-281 (1895)• Bamus • Ulawun • Earth~uake • Bismarck Arc. FrenchAn account of observations made during missionarv journeys in theGazelle Peninsula and Nakanai coast of New Britaln.Mentions andillustrates act i v i ty frClm lJla"un and Bal"lUs; also the effects ofearthquakes. Part translation.

Meteorologische Beobachtungen aus den deutschen 5chutzgebieten del' Su~d5ee fuel' das Jahr 1903Danckellll8n.A.vonMitteilungen aus de~ Deutschen Schutzgebieten17.198-203 (1904)• Earthquake • GermanA tabulation of earthquakes felt in New Guinea during 1903 is given.Notranslat ion

Erdbeben-Beobachtungen in Deutsch-Neu-Geuinea.1904Danckellll8n,A.vonMitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten10.372-377 (1905)• Earthquake • GermanA tabulation of earthquakes felt in Ne" Guinea during 1904 is given.Notranslation

Tent town at KokoP9.N.G.Robson.R.~.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly7(11).8 (1937)• RabaulThe 1937 Rabaul eruption and its eFtermath is described

VignettesBignell.K.M. Symington.J.S.Pacific Islands Monthly7(1l).8 (1937).. RabaulBrief descriptions are given of the Hay 1937 Rabaul eruption

Samoafahrten.Reisen in Kaiser ~ilhelms-Land l~d Englisch-New-Guinea in den Jahren ~884 u.188S anBord des deutschen Dampfers "Samoa"Finsch.O.Ferdinand Hirt & Sohn.LeipzigPP188-191.296.364-368 (1888)• Eastern Papua Mainland. Bismarck Arc. Ritter • Manam 4 Bam • Mount Victory· German. Dampier StraitRitter and neighbouring islands are briefly described.Bam and Manam "ereboth active when passed in May lagS.Hount Victory is briefly described,but "as inactive.Part translation

Del' Bezirk von Hatzfeldthafen und seine BewohnerGrabows!<v. F.Petermanns Mitteilungen auS Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt41.186-189 (1895)• Bismarck Arc 4 Manam • GermanManam was seen in eruption in June 1887.Part translation

Rabaul-Neapel del' Suedsee.Ein Berg waechst aus dem WasserGraefe.E.I<osmos

A- 2.... ... ~ ~-AGPS--.-.

Page 28: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00101

C00102

:00103

C00104

C00105

C00106

C00107

36C45-48 (1236) 1Ad:~~~7Pti~ 1~ given ~f the 1937 Rab~ul erupt ion. Part translation

Die geographische Verbre:tung del' vulkanischen Gebilde und Erscheinu~gen im Bismarckarchipel undauf den SalomonenHammer, K.L.Huenchow'sche Hof-und Universitaets-Druckerei,GiessenPPl-62 (907)4 Rabaul 4 Bismarck Arc 4 Bougainville Island 4 German 4 Bam 4 Hanam 4 I<arkar 4 Long Island 4 Ritter • Langila 4 Bamu4 Ulawun 4 Lolobau 4 Balb i 4 Bagal'aA comprehensive account of known N~w Guinea volcanism is given.Fulltranslation

Unterseeische vulkanische Ausbrueche und fluthwellen im suedlichen Stillen Ocean.4.Unterseeischer vulkanischer Ausbruch hei Neu-Britannien im Februar 1878Hernshei In,F.Annalen del' Hydrographie und Haritimen Heteorologie6,372-373 (1878)4 Pumice rafts 4 Tsunami 4 German 4 RabaulA description is given of the 1878 Rabaul eruption.Full translation

Heine Beobachtungen ueber die Vulksntaetigke.t in I<aiser-Wilhelms-Land (Neuguinea) 1936-1939Hoeltker,G.Zeitschrift del' Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft94(9-10),550-560 (1942)4 Bismarck Arc 4 Hanam 4 Bam 4 Karkar 4 GermanDetailed descriptions of volcaflic activity of Hanam,Bam and I<arkar aregiven.Full translation

Aus den Re iseber ichten S. H. S. "Carola" ,Korv. -I<apt. I<archerKarcher, Korvett en-I<ap itaenAnnalen del' Hydrographie und Haritimen Meteorologie11,277-287 (1883)4 German 4 RabaulA brief description of Tavurvur crater is given.Part translation

Ueber vulkan ische Ersche inungen an del' nordoestl ichen I<ueste Neu-Gui nea' sHikloucho-Maclay,N.dePetermanns Hitteilungen aus Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt24,408-410 (1878)4 Bismarck Arc 4 Hanam 4 Earthquake. Bam 4 GermanThe effects of an earthquake in the Finisterre Mountains region during1873 are detailed.Eruptions of Hanam and Barn during November 1877 aredescribed.Full translation

Oreissig Jahre in del' Suedsee: Land und Leute, 5itten und Gebraeuche im Bismarck-Arcnipel undauf den deutschen SalomoinselnParkinson,R.Strecker &Schroeder,StuttgartPPl1-42 (1907)4 Bismarck Arc 4 Ulawun 4 Bamus 4 Lolobau 4 Langila 4 Ritter 4 Tsunami 4 Rabaul 4 Bougainville Island 4 Balbi 4 Bagan4 GermanUlawun,Bamus and Lolobau Island are described.An eruption of Ulawun in1898 is mentioned.The Cape Gloucester area is described as is the 1888Ritter Island eruption and tsunami .The Rabaul volcanoes are described indetail.Part translatio"

Einige geologische Bemerkungen ueber den Bismarck-ArchipelPflueger,A.

B-2.... .... .... ~-AGPS-...

Page 29: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00108

C00109

COOll0

C00111

C00112

C00113

~~=i~i~~9~?1~~i)den Deutschen Schutzgebieten• Ulawun • Bamus * ~illaumez Peninsula * Bisma~ck A~c * Ge~man * Rabaul * ~itu IslandsA gene~al description is given of the Rabaul volcanoes and the 1878e~uption is mentioned. The ~itu Islands , Ulawun ,Bamus and ~ille.umezPen insula volcanoes are descr ibed. Part transl'tt ion

Ueber meine Reisen in Deutsch-,B~itisch-und Niederlaendisch-Neu-GuineaPoech,R.Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fuer Erdkunde zu Berlin42,149-165 (1907)* Eastern Papua Mainland. Bismarck Arc. Hanam • Mount Victory * GermanAn eruption of Manam during October 1904 is described and is illustratedby a photograph. Mount Victory is briefly described.Part translation

Ergebnisse der Suedsee-Expedition 1908-1910.II.Ethnographie:A.Melanesien,Band4.Nova Britannia.1.Te,lbandReche,O.Ludwig Appel,Hamburg2A(1),44-124 (1954)* Bismarck Arc * Ulawun • Bamus * Lolobau * Ritter * ~illaumez Peninsula. Langila • GermanUlawum,Bamus and Ritter are briefly described.Detailed descriptions aregiven of Lolobau Island and ~illaumez Peninsula including the geyserfield and Lake Dakataua.Langila was seen emitting sulphurous vapours.Part translation

Vorlaeufi ger Ber icht ueber geolog ische Untersuchungen in I<a iser-~ iIhelms-LandReiber,J.Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt53,285-286 (1907)* Bismarck Arc * Manam • Bam * GermanManan and Bam a~e briefly mentioned. Part translation

Zwei Jahre unter den I<annibalen der Salomo-Inseln.Reiseerlebnisse und Schilderungen von Land undLeutenRibbe,C.Hermann Beye~,Dresden-BlasewitzPP1-23,215-255 (1903)* Bougainville Island * Balbi * Bagana * Earthquake * Tsunami. GermanBalbi and Bagana are described as active volcanoes.A third activevolcano is said to exist in the Crown Prince Ran~.Bagana w~s seenemitting vapour in 1894 and in February 1895.Nat,ve tales of a strongearthquake and tsunami which affected the northern Solomon Islands inthe late nineteenth century are mentioned.Part translation

~issenschaftlicheErgebnisse einer amtlichen Forschungsreise nach dem Bismarck-Archipel im Jahre1908.1.Beitraege zur Landeskunde von Neu-Mecklenburg und seinenNachbarinselnSapp" ,1<.Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen SchutzgebietenErgaenzungsheft No.3,PP1-130 (1910)• Tabar-Feni Islands. Earthquake. GermanVolcanic rocks of the Tabar-Feni Islands are described.Earthquakes felton New Ireland during 1908 are tabulated. Part translation

Eine Durchquerung VOn BougainvilleSapper,lCMitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten23,206-217 (1910)• Bougainville Island * Balbi * Bagana • German

C- 2 _AGPS __..

Page 30: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00114

COO115

C00116

C00117

C00118

C00119

C00120

Balbi and Bagana are described in detail.Sapper and others crossedBougainville Island in July 1908.Natives reported that Bagana (Bagan inthe text) had erupted two days prior to the party's arrival,Parttranslation

Beitraege zur J<enntnis Neupommerns und des I<aiser-Wilhelms-LandesSapper,K.Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt56,189-193.255-256 (1910)_ Bam _ Hanam _ Lolobau - German - Rabaul - Earthquake - Bismarck ArcDetailed descriptions are given of the Rabaul volcanoes.Villages onLolobau Island were said to have been moved because of a recenteruption. Manam and Bam are described.Both are said to send up a greatdeal of smoke.A s~rong earthquake felt on 15 December 1907 at Eitape isalso described. Part translation

Die Bildung der Vulkaninsel RaluanSapper ,1<.Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt60,337 (1914)_ German _ RabaulPossible processes in the formation of Vulcan Island in 1878 arediscussed.Full translation

Die Taetigkeit der Vulkane Ghaie und Raluan (Neupommern)Sapper. 1<'Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt57,135-139 (1911)_ German - RabaulA historical survey is given of reported activity of Tavurvur andVulcan.A detailed account is given of the 1878 eruption.Full translation

I<atalog der gesch ichtl ichen VulkanausbruecheSapper .1<'I<arl J. Truebner.StrassburgPP204-215.300 (1917)_ Bismarck Arc _ Bougainville Island _ German - Rabaul - Bam - Hanam - I<srkar - Ritter - Langila - Ulawun - Bamus ­Balbi - BaganaA comprehensive account of all known New Guinea volcanic activity up tothe end of German rule i~· 1914.Full translation

Die Vulkanberge Neu-GuineasSapper,lCZeitschrift fuer Vulkanologie6.1-14 (921)_ D'Entrecasteaux Islands _ Hount Victory - German - Eastern Papua MainlandThe volcanoes on the D'Entrecasteaux Islands and Eastern Papua mainlandare described.Full translation

Vulkanausbrueche bei Rabaul (Neupommern)Sapper,l<.Petermanns Hitteilungen aus Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt83,279-280 (1937)_ German - RabaulA description is given of the 1937 Rabaul eruption.General comments aremade as to future eruptions. Full translation

Die Forschungsreise S.M.S."Gazelle"in den Jahren 1874 bis 1876.I.Theil: Der ReiseberichtSchleinitz,G.E.G.vonErnst Siegfried Hittler &Sohn,Berlin

0- 2 IIr.:,AGPS __..

Page 31: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00121

C00122

C00123

C00124

C00125

C00126

C00127

PP239-252 (1889)'" Bougainvi!le Island'" Ger"lan '" RabaulThe Rabaul volcanoes are ,escribed in detail.An active volcano was seenon Bougainville Island.Palt translation

Die Forschungsreise S.M.5."Gazelle"in den Jahren 1874 bis 1876.III.Theil:Zoologie und GeologieSchleinitz,G.E.G.vonErnst Siegfried Mittler 6 Sohn,BerlinPP249-254 (1889)'" Bougainville Island'" German'" Rabaul .The Rabaul volcanoes are described in detail. The 1878 eruption ismentioned. Thick clouds of smoke were seen coming from an active volcanoon Bougainville Island.Part translation

Begleitworte zur I<arte der Nordkueste der westlichen Teils der Insel Neu-PommernSchleinitz.G.E.G.vonZeitschrift der Gesellschaft fuer Erdkunde zu Berlin31,137-154 (1896)'" Bismarck Arc'" Langila '" Ritter '" Tsunami'" GermanThe volcanic cones of the Cape Gloucester area are described.Lan~ila wasseen smoking.The 1888 Ritter Island tsunami is described in detall.Parttranslation

Begle i tworte zur I<arte des oestl ichen Te i Is der Insel Neu-PommernSchleinitz.G.E.G.vonZeitschrift der Gesellschaft fuer Erdkunde zu Berlin32,349-359 (1897)'" Bismarck Arc'" Lolobau '" Ulawun '" Bamus '" German'" RabaulLolobau,Ulawun and Bamus are described in detail.Bamus was see, sendingup clouds of steam.A brief description is given of the 1878 Rabauleruption and its effects.Part translation

Aschenfall in Neu-Guiloe..Schleinitz,G.E.G.vonAnnalen der Hydrographie und Maritimen Heteorologie15,210-211 (1887)'" Bismarck Arc'" Earthquake'" German'" Dampier StraitA fall of ash is reported from Finschhafen on 5 February 1887.A strongearthquake was felt on 3 February 1887.Full translation

Die Erdbebentaeti gkei t in Deutsch-NeuguineaO(a iser-Wi lhelms-Land u.B ismarckarch i peI)Sieberg,A.Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt56,72-74.116-122 (1910)'" Earthquake'" Tsunami '" GermanA general description is ~iven of New Guinea earthquakes,earthquakezones and regional tectonics. The major earthquake on 15 September 1906is described in detail.Full translation

Hydrographische und meteorologische Beitraege zur I<enntniss der Duke of York-Inseln und der Baivon Ratavul an der Nordkueste von Neu-BritannienWendt,H.W.Annalen der Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie7,177-180 (1879)'" Earthquake '" Tsunami '" German '" RabaulThe 1878 Rabaul eruption with accompanying ~arthquakes and tsunami isdescribed. Earthquakes were felt in the Rabaul area during the period2~-26 August 1876.Part translation.

Deutsch-Neuguinea und meine Ersteigung des Finisterre-Gebirges

E- 2 _AGPS __..

Page 32: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00128

C00129

C00130

C00131

C00132

C00133

Zoeller,H.Union Deutsche VerlagsgesellschaFt,Stuttgart.PP160-163,302-350 (1891)« Bismarck Arc « Bougainville Island « Manam « I<arkar « Lolobau « Langila « Bagana « German « Ritter « Bam « Bamus «Ulawun « RabaulA general a~count of New Guinea volcanic activity, with Manam,Ritter,l<arkar,Lolobau,Langila. and Bagana being particularly mentioned.Part translation

VulkankundeSapper,lCJ.Engelhorns (NachFolger),StuttgartPP332-334 (1927)« Bismarck Arc « Bouga inv i lIe Island'" German « Rabaul « Bam « Manam « I<arkar « Ri tter « Lang i la « Pago * Ulawun «Bamus « Balbi « Ba~anaA summary description is given of all the known eruptions of New Guineavolcanoes.Part translation

Huli legends and volcanic eruptions, Papua New GuineaBlong,R.J.Search10(3),93-94 (1979)« Highlands « Doma Peaks « Bismarck Arc « Long IslandPast activity of Doma Peaks is discussed uQing evidence from nativelegends and field observations.An eruption of Long Island around 1700 ismentioned

A visit to the N.E.coast of British New GuineaMaclaren,A.A.Royal Geographical Society of Australasia,Victorian Branch,Transactions9,24-35 (1891)« Eastern Papua Mainland « Mount VictoryActivity of Mount Victory during 1890 is described

Die deutschen Salomon-Inseln Buka und BougainvilleZoeller,H.Petermanns Mitte i lungen aus Justus Perthes geograph ischer ',nstalt37,8-11 (891)« Bougainville Island « Balbi « Bagana « GermanBalbi and Bagana are mentioned.Bagana Was inactive during the visit.Parttranslation

Ein Ausflug nach den Salomo-InselnPFeil.J.Graf'Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt37,283-286 (1891) .« Bougainville Island « Balbi « GermanA description is given of Balbi ,the summit of which was partly coveredby a white substance , probably alum,giving the impression of snow(compare with D'Urville's observations).Part translation

De Vulkanische uitbarstingen nabij Rabaul op 29 Mei 1937 en een paar volgende dagenl<lein, w.e.Geologie en Mijnbouw17(5),23-40 (1938)« D'Entrecasteaux Islands,.. Bismarck Arc « Tsunami « Dutch « Eastern Papua Mainland « Rabaul « Bam « Manam « I<arkar «Ritter « Ulawun « Mount VictoryThe Bismarck Arc,Eastern Papua and Rabaul volcanoes and their pastactivity are described in detail.A detailed description is given of the1937 Rabaul eruption.No translation

F- 2 ~.....----------------------~-AGPSi:llll, _..

Page 33: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00134

C00135

C00136

C00137

C00138

C00139

C00140

C00141

Jar;ll1en janan in taen idulak . In: Buk Tamola i SuteknenMa:LakLutheran Mission.MadangP165 (19:~9)* Bismarck Arc * Earthquake * TsunamiA native time of darkness tale from the Madang area is related.

Eruptive activity and associated phenomena,Langila Volcano,New BritainTaYlor.G.A.M. Best.J.G. Reynolds.M.A.Bureau of Mineral Resources.Australia.Report26.1-53 (1957)* Bismarck Arc * LangilaLangila was reported in eruption around 1884

Vulkan. In: Schnee. A. H. H. (ed itor) . Deutsches I<olon j el-Lex iconSapper.ICQuelle & Meyer.Leipzig2.638-645 (1920)* Lang ila * Ri tter .., I<arkar * Bam * Bismarck I 'c * Rabaul .., Bouge inv i~le Island * German * Manam * Bamus * Ulawun *Lolobau * Balbi * daganaA general account of volcanism in New Guinea.Part translation

Die Expedition S.M.S. "Gazelle".VII.Reise S.M.S."Gazelle".Capitain zur See Freiherr v.Schleinitz. von Amboina bis Brisbane in Ost-AustralienSchleinitz.G.E.G.vonAnnalen der Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie4.1-14 (1876)* Bougainville Island * Bagana * German * RabaulThe Rabaul volcanoes are described.Bagana was seen emitting clouds ofsmoke and ash on 25 August 1875.Part translation

Dampiers Route laengs der Nordkueste von I<aiser-Wilhelms-LandReche.O. •Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt60.223-22~ (1914)* German * Bismarck Arc * I<arkar * ManamDampiers route alon~ the north coast of New Guinea and the identity ofhis "Burning Island is discussed.No translation

Volcanic activity at Lake Dakataua caldera.New Britain.In:Short papers from the VulcanologicalObservatorY.Rabaul.New BritainBranch.C.D.Bureau of Mineral Resources.Australia.Report107.21-25 (1967)* Bismarck Arc * Willaume= PeninsulaMount Makalia. in Dakataua caldera. is said to have erupted between 1880and 1890

Uebersicht ueber die vulkanische Taetigk,:t 1941-1947Hantke.G.Bulletin Volcanologique11,161-208 (1951)* Eastern Papua Mainland * Bismarck Arc * Bougainville Island * Bagana * Goropu * I<arkar * Manam * German * RabaulDetailed descriptions are given of the activity of Bagana. Tavurvur.Goropu.J<arkar a"d Manam during the period 1941-1947.Part translation

Mount Balbi vclcano complex,T.P.N.G.In:Short papers From the Vulcanological Observatory.Rabaul.New BritainBranch.C.D.

G- 2 ~...-------------- '~-AGPS- __

Page 34: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00142

C00143

C00144

C00145

COC146

C00147

C00148

Bureau of Min~ral Resources,Australia,Report107,1-9 (1967)>I< Bougainville Island >I< OalbiAn eruptIon of Balbi sometime between 1800 and 1850 is mentioned

Studien und Beobachtungen aU9 del" SuedseePfeil,J.GrafFriedrich Vieweg 6 Sohn.BraunschweigPP1 ~,304-306 (1899)>I< Bi&.•larck Arc >I< Ritter >I< Tsunami >I< Bougainville Island >I< Balbi >I< German >I< RabaulA detailed description of Blanche Bay and of past activity of Tavurvurand Vulcan is ~iven.The 1888 Ritter Island eruption and tsunami isdescribed.Balb. is mentioned as an active volcano with smoke rising fromthe summit area. Part translation

Smaragdinseln del" Suedseepflueger.A.Emil Strauss,BonnPP192.204,212-230 (1901)>I< Rabaul >I< Bamus >I< Ulawun >I< Langila >I< Willaumez Peninsula * Bismarck Arc >I< Manam >I< GermanManam is said to have been emitting two large columns of smoke sometimebetween 1898 and 1900. Langila,Ulawun.Bamus and the thermal field nearTalasea are mentioned and the Rabaul volcanoes described. Parttranslation

Deutsch-NeuguineaTappenbeck,E.Wilhelm Suesserott,BerlinPP12-18 (1901)>I< Bismarck Arc >I< Manam >I< I<arkar >I< German >I< Bouga inv ilIe Island >I< Balb i >I< Bam >I< Long IslandThe Bismarck Arc volcanoes are briefly mentioned.Manam and /<arksractivity is described and smoke issuing from the summit area of Balbi isreported. Part translation

Aus dem neuen Bezirk EitapeAnonymousDeutsches I<olon ialblatt19.15-20 (1908)>I< Bam >I< German >I< Bismarck ArcA detailed description is given of Bam.The crater was inactive duringthe visit in 1908.Part translation

Samoa. Bismarckarch ipel und Neugu i nea. Ore i (1- :cache Kolon ien in del" SuedseeHesse-Warteg~,E.vonI.I.Weber. Le IJ?Z i9 .PP42,142-147 (1902)>I< Bismarck Arc >I< Manam >I< German * Rabaul >I< BamA detailed description of Manam and its activity sometime between 1898and 1900 is given. The Rabaul volcanoes and their activity are alsodescribed Bam is described but is inactive.Part translatIon

Bericht an die "I<oelnischen Volkszeitung"Hesse-Wartegg,E.vonDeutsches /<olon ialblatt11.558-559 (1900)* Bismarck Arc >I< Manam * Bam >I< GermanManam activity is described.Bam is said to be inactive.Part translation

Die Expedition Sapper-FriedericiFriederici ,G.

1-1- 2~----------------------~..AGPS~""

Page 35: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00149

C00150

C00151

C00152

C00153

C00154

C00155

Deutsches I<olon ialblatt20,331-336 (1909)* Bismarck Arc * Bam * Hanam * GermanA riery glow was seen rrom Hanam during November 1908.Bam is said to beinactive.Part translation

Ueber die erste Durchquerung der Insel BougainvilleHahl,A.Deutsches J<olon ialblatt19,1056-1057 (1908)* Bougainville Island * Balbi * Bagana * GermanBalbi and Bagana are said to be in constant and heavy activity duringJuly 1908.Part translation

Deutsch-Neuguinea.Von der Expedition S~pper-FriedericiSapper,lCDeutsches I<olon ialblatt19,1009-1010 (1908)* Bougainville Island * Bagana * Balbi * GermanBalbi and Bagana were both seen smoking extensively during July 1908.Part translation

Aus dem Bere iche der Hiss ic,nen und der Ant isklavere i -BemegungAnonymousDeutsches I<olon ialblatt16,387-388 (1905)* Bougainville Island * Balbi * Bagana * GermanAn unknown Harist missionary r~ports that there were two activevolcanoes on Bougainville Island. One, Bagana (which he calls Balagan)was smoking, and the other, Balbi, breathes fire and eats vollages.Parttranslation

Eine Reise nach den Salomonsinseln und nach Neu-Hecklenburg-SuedHerz,GouvernementssekretaerDC'utsches I<olon ialblatt19,382-385 (1908)* Bougainville Island * Balbi * GermanHAQSeS or whitish-grey vapour were seen above Balbi in July 1907.Partl.r, slation

Im westlichen Finisterregebirge und an der Nordkueste von Deutsch-NeuguineaWerner,E.Petermanns Hitteilungen aus Justus Perthes g~ '1raphischer Anstalt55,73-82,107-113 (1909)* Bismarck Arc * Hanam * Bam * GermanA partial ascent or Hanam on 11 Novem~er 1907 is described.Bam was seensmoking.Part translation

Reisebericht des Gouverneurs v.BennigsenBerm i gsen ,R.vonDeutsches I<olon ialblatt11,752-759 (1900)* Bismarck Arc * Ulawun * Bamus * German * Willaumez Peninsula * Witu IslandsUlawun and Bamus are described as being active.Va~our was seen issuingrrom Ulawun during July 1900 and is illustrated by a photograph. Thethermal areas on the W,tu Islands and on the north coast or New Britainwere visited.Part translation.

Geological report on an ascent or the Father volcano,New BritainFisher,N.H.

1- 2~---------~_AGPS_1IIIo'IIIIII

Page 36: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00156

COOl57

C00158

C00159

C00160

C00161

C00162

Territories Branch;Correspondence FilelMulti-Number SeriesiClasges Relating to ExternalTerr itor ies: "New Gu inea. Volcan ic Erupt! on-v isit 01' Stehn, C,lento andWoolnough" 1937-38J.Australian ArchivesCRS A518 item,A.B.o36/4.PPl-3 (1937)*- Bismarck Arc*- UlawunAn account 01' an ascent by Fisher and Stehn 01' Ulawun in 1937 is given

Untitled letterI<izawa, T.Unpublished personal letterPPl-5 (1961)*- RabaulA letter to G.A.M.Taylor dated 23 August 1961 relating to the Japanesewartime observatory In Rabaul

Untitled letterMonaDepartment of External Terr i tor ies i correspondc·· ce I'i le, mult i-number ser ies i classes relat i ng toExternal Territories: "New Guinea.Volcanic erU,.l ion-Tavurvur" 1941-1953,Australian ArchivesCRS A518 item A.P.836/4.P1 (1941)*- RabaulA letter to H.L.Anthony I'rom "Mona" dated 20 June 1941 regarding the1941 activity of Tavurvur

Activity at Tavurvur,Sunday,3rd March,1940Fisher,N.H.Unpublished report. Volcanological Observatory,RabaulPPl-2 (1940)*- RabaulA series of small steam explosions at Tavurvur on 3 March 1940 isdescribed

Tavurvur eruptionPage.H.Central Administration,RabaulPPl-38 (1941)*- RabaulDaily reports on the 1941 activity of Tavurvur.6 June-23 July 1941

Matupi volcano,RabaulKnight,C.L.Volcanological Observatory,RabaulPPl-26 (1941)*- RabaulA summary is given 01' weekly reports for the period 2 Oecember 1937 to 3June 1941

Vulcanological ReportFisher,N.H.Volcanological Observatory.RabaulPPl-255 (1942)*- RabaulWeekly volcanological reports,Rabaul,2 December 1937-13 January 1942

The 1941-1943 eruption of Matupi ,Rabaul,New BritainI<ni ght ,C. L.Volcanological Observatory,~abaulPPl-31 (1946)*- Rabaul

J - 2..AGPS-_.

Page 37: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

features of British New Guinea (Papua)

C00163

C00164

C00165

C00166

C00167

C00168

C00169

C00170

A summary of the 1941-1943 T" .. '~vur eruption

Rabaul earthquakesWoolnough,W.G.Volcanological Observatory,RabaulPPl-2 (1938)'" EarthquakeA memorandum on an earthquake felt in Rabaul on 8 January 1938

Die Fluthwelle des Stillen Oceans im Maerz 1888AnonymousAnnalen der Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie16.518-519 (1888)'" Bismarck Arc'" Ritter '" Tsunami'" GermanThe tsunami following the 1888 Ritter Island eruption is described.Theaccount is based on one appearing in Nachrichten ueber I(aiser Wilhelms­Land.1888. For a translation see Wharton.1889

The geology of New GuineaHodge-Smith.T.Australian Museum Magazine8(3),91-95 (1943)'" Mount Victory'" Eastern Papua MainlandPast activity of Mount Victory is mentioned

A cruise in the mission shipCox.W.H.Missionary Review18(7),4-5 (1918)'" Bismarck Arc'" Ulawun '" Pago '" Willaumez PeninsulaAn eruption of Ulawun during July 1918 is described.A past eruption ofPago is mentioned and the thermal area near Talasea is described

A trip round New BritainChambers.W.J.Missionary Review19(6).3-9 (1919)'" Bismarck Arc'" Ulawun '" Willaumez PeninsulaAn eruption of Ulawun during May 1919 is described.The thermal area nearTalasea is visited

Public noticePage.H.Central Administration,RabaulPPl-3 (1937)'" RabaulNotes on evacuation procedures and warning signb of imminent volcaniceruptions of the Rabaul volcanoes

The salient geologicalMaitland.A.G.Western Australian Natural History Society.Journal11,32-56 (1905)'" Mount Victory'" D'Entrecasteaux Islands'" Eastern Papua MainlandThe volcanoes of the O'Entrecasteaux Islands are described.Vapour wasseen above the summit of Mount Victory in 1890.Vapour and summit gloNswere seen in 1891 .

New Guinea 6 Polynesia.Discoveries 6 surveys in New Guinea and the D'Entrecasteaux Islands.Acruise in Polynesia and visits to the pearl-shelling stations in Torres

1< - 2 _AGPS __d

Page 38: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C(10171

C00172

C00173

C00175

C00176

Straits of H.M.S.BasiliskMoresby,J.John Murray,LondonPP254-2SS.266-269,266-267 (1676)• Bismarck Arc. Bam • Eastern Papua Mainland. D'Entrecasteaux Islands. Mount VictoryThermal areas in the D'Entrecasteaux Islands and Mount Victory aredescribed.An eruption of Bam was seen on 20 May 1674

Earth tremors continue - landslides at AitapeRobson.R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly2(1),12 (1931)• Earthquake. Admiralty IslandsAn earthquake on 7 August 1931 felt at Aitape is described.A possiblesubmarine eruption near Baluan is mentioned

Patrol report No. M11/30-31Woodman.H.E.Pri~~ Ministers Department,Territories Branch.Correspondence file.multi-number series:"NewGuinea Earthquakes and Tidal Waves",1930-1940.Commonwealth Archives Officecns AS16, item AA636/2,part 1.PPl-7 (1931)• Tsunami • EarthquakeThe effects of a tsunami on the Madang area.24 December 1930.aredescribed

Earthquake and tidal wave in the Western Island.Manus DistrictWisdom.E.A.Prime Ministers Department.Territories Branch.Correspondence file.multi number series: "NewGui nea Earthquakes and Tidal Waves" .1930-40.Commonwealth Archives OfficeCRS AS16. item AA636/2,part 1.PPl-6 (1931)• Tsunami • EarthquakeThe effects of an earthquake and tsunami in the Manus Island area on 24December 1930 are described.

Unt itled noteWhitmee.S.J.Nature19,106 (1676)• Pumice rafts. RabaulPumice rafts resulting from the Rabaul 1676 eruption are described

Die Ritterinsel und die Fluthkatastrophe in der Dampierstrasse am 13.Maerz 1666AnonymousMitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten4,59-61 (1691)• Ritter • Tsunami • Bismarck Arc. GermanThe 1668 Ritter Island eruption and tsunami is described in detail.ParttranslationLectures on geology including hydrography.mineralogy.and meteorology with an introduction tobiologyWalker.J.University of Chicago Press.ChicagoPP202-208 (1966)• Bismarck ArcWalker,around 1768.notes the existence of one active volcano in NewGuinea

L- 2 ~..... ~-AGPS---

Page 39: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

"Pallas" ,I<apt. D. Balleer

MeteorologieC00177

C00178

C00179

C00180

C00181

C00182

C00183

Aus den Reiseberichten del" Brerner BarkBalleer,D.Annalen del" Hydrographie und Maritimen7,24-25 (1879)... Pumi ce ,·..fts ... German ... RabaulSteaming pumic~ rafts were seen in St.Georges Channel in June 1878following the re~ent eruption in the Rabaul Caldera.No translation

Adventures on th~ western coast of South America and the interior of California; :~cluding anarrative of incidents at I<ingsmill Islands,New Ireland,New Britain,New"U inea and other isllmds of the Pac if ic OceanCoulter.J.Longman.Brown,Green &Longmans,London1,238-288;2,1-259 (1847)... Bismarck Arc'" Witu IslandsThe activity of unidentified volcanoes on the north coast of New Britainis described.Thermal areas on the Witu Islands are also described

Maree de tempeteVan Dijk,G.Annales de la Commission pour l'Etude des Raz de Maree2,PP28,142-144 (1932)... Tsunami'" French ... Dutch ... Bismar~~ ArcEffects of a tsunami on 24 December 1930 which affected northwest NewGuinea are described.Full translat:on

Die Inseln des Stillen Oceans, eine geographische Monographie.Erster Theil: Melanesien undNeuseelandMeinicke, C.E.Reprinted by the Meridian Publishing Co. ,Amsterdam, 1969PP99-~01, L31-143,148-151.365-369 (1875)... Rabliul .• German ... Bismarck Arc ... Balbi ... Bougainville Island'" Manam ... I<arkar '" Long Island'" Ritter '" Witu IslandsThe north coast islands and Rabaul volcanoes are described.Bouga;nvilleIsland,Bale'i and the Witu Islands are briefly described. The re~~rt ispartly errc"eous.Part translation

Das Deutsch~ 1<010nialreich.Zweiter Band:Togo, Suedwestafrika, Schutzgebi "te in del" Suedsee und1< iautschougeb ietSievers.W.Bibliogre.ryisches Institut,LeipzigPP",0-403 .1910)'" t ;sm~rc Arc'" Bam ... Manarn ... l<arkar ... Long Island'" Ritter ... GermanA detaile . description of the north coast island volcanoes.Bam is saidto have b en active in 1877,1884 and 1888;Manarn in 1616,1642,1877,1884and 1889;, itter in 1700.1793,1887 and 1888.Part translation

Deutschland :rn St i lIen Ozean. Samoa ,I<arol inen ,Marshall-Inseln ,Mar ianen ,l<a iser-W iIhelms-Land,Bismarck-Arc~; ipel und Salomo-InselnWegener,G.Velhagen & l<bsing,Bielefeld und LeipzigPP2-17,98-14~ '1903)... Bismarck Arc ... Bouga inv ilIe Island ... German ... Rabaul ... U1awun ... Bamus ... Lang i la ... Ri tter ... Long Island ... I<arkar ...Manam ... BarnNew Guinea active volcanoes are briefly described.Part translation

Ein vulkanisches Phaenomen im Grossen OceanAnonymousPetermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalc9 ,112 (1863).. Bismarck Arc ... Wi tu Islands .. Gel"~;dn

M- 2 _AGPS __d1

Page 40: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00184

C00185

C00186

C00187

C00188

C00189

C00190

Submarine geyser activity off the Witu Islands in 1861 is described.Fulltranslation

I<ai ser Wi lhelms-Land und der Bismarck-Arch ipelHager.C.Gressner &Schramm.LeipzigPP11-30.58-144 (1886)... Bismarck Arc ... German'" Rabaul ... Dampier Strait ... Earthquake ... Manam ... Bam ... Ulawun ... BamusBismarck Arc volcanoes are mentioned. Earthquakes are said to be frequentin the Madang area. The 1878 Rabaul eruption is briefly described.Parttranslation

Reisen in I<aiser-Wilhelmsland CNeuguinea)Schlaginhausen.O.Abhandlungen und Berichte des I<oeniglichen Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-EthnographischenMuseums zu Dresden13(1).3-18 (1910)... Manam ... Bismarck Arc ... German ... BamActivity ~t Manam during October 1904 is described.Bam was also seen,butno activity is reported. Part translation

Streifzuege in Oeutsch- New-Guinea und auf den Salomons-InselnRech inger. L. Rech inger .1<.Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen).BerlinPP34-42.88-89 (1~08)... German ... Tsunami ... Earthquake ... RabaulA detailed description is given of the topography of Tavurvur.Theeffects of an earthquake ·and tsunami on the Matupi area are mentioned.Part translationUnter den Papuas. Beobachtungen und Studien ueber Land und Leute.Thier-und Pflanzenwelt inJ<aiser-WilhelmslandHagen.B.C.W.J<reidel.WiesbadenPP1 ·19 (899)... Bismarck Arc ... Manam ... I(arkar ... GermanActivity at Manam during November 1895 is described. The recent I(arkareruption is mentioned. Part transl~tion

Das westl iche I(a i ser-Wilhelms-Land in Neu-Gui neaBehrmann,W.Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fuer Erdkunde zu BerlinErgaenzungsheft l,PP1-72 (1924)... Bismarck Arc ... Manam ... Bam ... GermanManam and Bam are described in detail.Typical Strombollan activity ofManam is described,but no date is given.Part translation

Eine Australien-und SuedseefahrtDaiber.A.B.G.Teubner.LeipzigPP221-281 (1902)... Willaumez Peninsula * Bismarck Arc * Earthquake * German * RabaulThe Rabaul volcanoes are menti.oned.Mount Willaumez is said to be active.A listing of New Guinea earthquakes over three unidentified years isgiven.Part translation

Im Lande des ParadiesvogelsLeidecker.C.E.Haberland,LeipzigPP121-132 (1916)

N- 2... Itiij... AGPS _.-Il'

Page 41: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Coo191

Coo192

Coo193

C00194

CV0195

COO196

C00197

4 ~~nam * Bismarck Arc 4 GermanAn eruption at Hanam is mentioned.but no date is given.Part translation

0&9 Zentralgebirge Neuguineas im westlichen Kais~r ~ilhelmslandf ,- "rlll8nn. \01.M.tteilun~n QUs den Deutschen SchutZQebieten35.1-43 C1927}4 Bismarck Arc 4 Bam 4 Hanam 4 Ritter 4 German * I<arkar 4 Lon~ Island 4 LangilaThe Bismarck Arc volcanic islands are d~scribed in detail.Act.vity atBam and Hanam during the period 1912-1913 is described.The 1888 R.ttereruption is mentioned.Part translation

Ueber Gesteine der Insel Lou (Admiralitaetsgruppe,Sueds~e)Stutzer,O.Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft62.586-589 (1910)4 Admiralty Islancs 4 GermanThe obsidian of Loo Island is described. Full translation

Ueber den Obsidian von Loo.Admiralitaets-InselnlJichmann. A.Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellsch~ft.Honatsbericht63(1).77-79 (1911)4 Admiralty Islands 4 GermanThe presence of obsidian on Lou Island is discussed.Full translation

In das Hinterland der Nordkueste des Kaiser lJilhelmslandes (Neuguinea)Friederici,G.Petermanns Hitteilungen aus Justus Per~hes geogrophischer Anstalt56.182-186 (1910)4 Earthquake * GermanThe effects of an earthquake in December 1907 in the Aitape area aredescribed.Part translation

Neu-GuineaKrieger,H.Alfred Schall.8erlinPP12-19,113-137 (1899)4 Bismarck Arc 4 Ritter 4 Tsunami * German 4 Bam 4 Hanam 4 KarkarThe active volcanoes of the Bismarck Arc are mentioned.Bam,Hanam,Kar~arand Ritter are listed as being active. The 1888 Ritter eruption isbriefly described. Part translation

Deutsch Neu-GuineaNeuhsuss.R.Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen).BerlinPP8-27 (1911)• Earthquake 4 Tsunami * German. Bismarck Arc 4 Manam 4 KarkarEarthquakes in September 1906, December 1907 and April 1910 aredescribed.A tsunami wa9 generated by the 1906 earthquake.Manam andKarkar are described a9 active volcanoes.Part translated

Der Bismarck-Archipel und die Salomons-InselnHahl,A.Hitteilungen ~us den Deutschen Schutzgebieten12,107-~18 (1899)4 Bismarck Arc 4 Bougainville Island 4 German 4 RabaulActive volcanoes on New Britain and Bougainville are mentioned.Parttranslation

A- 3.... ~ ~_AGPS_...

Page 42: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

COO198 Die Gazelle-Halbinsel\.Iernicke,\.I.Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten25~176-185 (1912)4 uerman 4 RabaulThe geolo~y of the Gazelle Peninsula is outlined and Vulcanare descrIbed in detail.The 1878 eruption is mentioned.Part

and Tavurvurtranslation

C00199

C00200

C00201

C00202

C00203

C00204

D.Carlo Salerio ueber die Inseln im Osten von Neu-GuineaSalerio.D.C.Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Pert~es geographischer Anstalt8,341-344 (1862)4 Ritter 4 Earthquake 4 Bismarck Arc 4 GermanRitter Island past activity is mentioned. The effects of a sever~earthquake felt on Umboi Island on 17 April 1857 are described.Parttranslation

Handbook of New Guinea Papua British Solomon Islands Norfolk Is.Lord Howe Is. New Hebrides NewCaledoniaRobson,R.\.I.(compiler & editor)Pacific Publications,SydneyP85 (1933)4 Long Island 4 Bismarck ArcNative legends regarding a major eruption about 300 years previous atLong Island are mentioned

Volcanoes de~lare warJaggar,T.A.Paradise of the Pacific,Limited,HonoluluPP36-40 (1945)4 RabaulThe 1937 Rabaul eruption is described in detail

Official handbook of the Territory of New Guinea administered by the Commonwealth of Australiaunder mandate from the Council of the League of NationsAnonymousL.F.Johnson.Commonwealth Government Printer,CanberraPP95-112.124-125.Supplement.PPl-3 (1937)4 Bismarck Arc 4 Rabaul 4 Bougainville Island 4 Earthquake 4 Manam 4 Ritter 4 Bam 4 I<arkar 4 Long Island 4 Ulawun ~Lolobau 4 Langila 4 Balbi 4 BaganaDescriptions of active volcanoes are given. Erupt ions of Manam in 1917,1919,1921 and 1936.Ritter in 1888,and the Rabaul volcanoes in 1878 aredescribed.Rabaul earthquakes in December 1916 and May 1919 are alsodescribed

Report on research in Manam Island.Mandated Territory of New Guinea\.Iedgwood,C.H.Oceania4(4),373-403 (1934)4 Manam 4 Bismarck ArcActivity of Manam during 1933 is described.Eruptions in 1919 and 1921are ment ioned

Patrol into yesterdayMcCarthy •J .1< .F.W.Cheshire,~albournePP156-158,172-176 (1963)4 Earthquake 4 Rabaul 4 TsunamiDescriptions are given of an earthquake felt at Aitape on 20 September1935 and of the 1937 Rabaul eruption

B- 3 ~.... ~ ,~_m3ii_.· •~-AGPS__..

Page 43: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00205

C00206

C00207

C00208

C00209

C00210

C00211

C00212

The I'ac i f ic, east and westBrown/G.Reporl: of the 9th meeting of I,ne AU'ltralasian Association for the Advancement of Science,Hobart9,458-479 (1903)4 RabaulThe 1878 RabauI eruption is described in detail.

Eine Forschungsreise im Bismarck-~rchipelVogel,H.L.Friederichsen & Co. ,HamburgPP12-17,134-148,167-168,244,252,297 (1911)4 Bismarck Arc 4 Lolobau 4 German 4 Willaumez Peninsula 4 Rabaul 4 Langila 4 Bam 4 Manam 4 UlawunThe thermal area near Talasea is described in detail.A crater on LolobauIsland is also described.The Rabaul volcanoes,Ulawun,Langila,Bam andManam are mentioned. Part translation

The Australians at Rabeul.The capture and administration of the German possessions in thesouthern PacificMackenzie,S.S.Angus & Robertson,SydneyP329 (1927)4 EarthquakeEarthquakes at Rabaul on 1 January 1916 and 7 May 1919 are mentioned

Two years among the savages of New Guinea with introductory notes on North QueenslandPitcairn,W.D.Ward &Downey,LondonPP164-165 (1891)4 RabaulT' e Rabaul volcanoes are briefly described

Scented isles and coral gardens:Torres Strait,German New Guinea,and the Dutch East IndiesMackellar,C.D.John Mur ;'ay , LondonPP114-1'5,182-186 (1912)4 Raball14 Earthquake 4 Manam 4 Bismarck Arc 4 Langila 4 Ulawun 4 Bamus 4 Bam 4 Ritter 4 TsunamiBrief l'!ention is made of the New Britain volcanoes (te.ken from PowelU.An eartnquake felt in Rabaul on 11 September 1900 is described.Manam isis said to show a red glow at night. The 1888 Ritter Tsunami is brieflydescribed

The Western Pacific and New Guinea'notes on the natives,christian,and cannibal,with someaccount of the old labour tradeRomilly,H.H.John Murray,LondonPP35-36 (1887)4 RabaulThe 1878 Rabaul eruption is briefly mentioned

Explanatory notes to accompany a new geological map of the Commonwealth of AustraliaDavid,T.W.E.Commonwealth Council for Scientific and Industrial Research,SydneyPP110-111 (1932)4 Bougainville Island 4 Bismarck Arc 4 Eastern Papua Mainland 4 Rabaul 4 Bagana 4 Balbi 4 Mount Victory 4 Bam 4 Manam4 Ulawun 4 Bamus 4 Lolobau 4 Willaumez Peninsula 4 PagoA brief description is given of the main active volcanoes of New Guinea

On the composition of some pumice and lava from the PacificLiversidge,A.

C- 3 _AGPS __•

Page 44: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00213

Royal Society of New South Wales , Journal and Proceedings20,235-239 (1887)* Pumice raftsPumice washed up in Sydney around 1880 and possibly derived from the1878 Rabaul el'upt ion is descr ibed and analysed

Observations on New Britain and neighbouring islands,during six year's explorationPowell,W.Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography3,84-97 (188D* Ulawun * Bamus * Lolobau * Rabaul * Bismarck ArcA short description of the 1878 Rabaul eruption is given.Ulawun is saidto throw up great columns of smoke and ash.Bamus and Lolobau are lessactive

the Japs

Year Book.Sixth editionC00214 In Rabaul. under

Thomas,G.Paci fic IslandsPP30-32 (1950)* RabaulWartime activity of Tavurvur is briefly mentioned

C00215

C00216

C00217

C00218

C00219

Some recent volcanic deposits and volcanic soils from the island of New Britain in the Territoryof New Guinea

Hosk ing, J.S.Royal Society o~ South Australia,Transactions62(2),366-377 (1938)* Willaumez Peninsula * Rabaul * Bismarck ArcDescriptions and analyses of ash and soil from Vulcan and Tavurvur aregiven together with so iIs from I(okopo and Talasea

Das Erdbeben vom 14 auf den 15 September 1906Bamler.G.Naturhistorische Gesellschaft Nuernberg Abhandlungen19,61-65 (1912)* Earthquake * Long Island * German * Bismarck ArcAn earthquake in September 1906 is described and several previous largeearthquakes are mentioned.Legends regarding a major eruption of LongIsland are mentioned. Part translation

A directory for the navigation of the South Pacific Ocean;with descriptions of its coasts,islands,etc.,from the Strait of Magalhaens to Panama,and those of NewZealand.Australia etc. ,its winds,currents,and passages.Third editionFindlay,A.G.Richard Holmes Laurie,LondonPP683-684,698-701 (1871)* Bougainville Island * Rabaul * Bismarck Arc * Ritter * Witu IslandsGeneral descriptions of the coasts of Bou~ainville Island and NewBritain derived from the journals of earlIer explorers

I vulcani attivi della terraMercalli ,G.Ulrico Hoepli ,MilanPP334-335 (1907)* Ritter * ItalianRitter and Cap Island (Torres Strait) are described as being activevolcanoes. Part translation

Navigator in the South SeasHilder,B.

0- 3 _AGPS __d

Page 45: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00220

C00221

C00222

C00223

C00224

C00225

C00226

Percival Marshall 6 Co. ,LondonPP51-59 (1961)... RabaulThe 1937 Rabaul eruption is described in detail

In wild New Britain.The story of Benjamin Danks pioneer missionaryDanks,B.Angus 6 Robertson,SYdneyPP22,44-45,l19 (1933)... EarthquakeA strong earthquake affecting the Gazelle Peninsula in June 1879 isdescribed

Through New Guinea and the cannibal countriesCayley-Webster,H.T.Fisher Unwin,LondonPP76,81,308-309.327-328,345 (1898)... Bougainville Island'" Balbi ... Ba~ana ... RabaulTavurvur is briefly described and IS illustrated by a photograph. Anactive volcano on Bougainville is described

Island's SUlphurRobson.R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly2(7) ,21 (1932)... Pago ... Bismarck ArcInvestigations of Pago in 1931 for SUlphur are briefly described.Reportincludes a photograph of the slope.) of the volcano

Despatch report ing inspect ion of ti le north-east coast of the Possess ionMacgregor.W.Annual Report on British New Guinet 1893-1894Appendix A.PPl-8 (1894)... Mount Victory'" Eastern Papua Mair'landVapour and summit glows seen I'lbove M,'unt Victory in 1893 are mentioned

Bilder aus der Suedsee. Unter den kannibalischen Staemmen des Bismarck-ArchipelsSchnee.A.H.H.Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen).BerlinPP24-25.161-163.203-205,268-271 (1904)... Bismarck Arc'" Bougainville Island ... Rabaul ... Admiralty Islands'" Earthquake'" Tsunami'" Ritter ... German ... Ulawun ...BalbiBrief descriptions of some of the volcanoes of New Britain.Bougainvilleand St Andrews Strait.An earthquake felt in the Gazelle Peninsular on11 September 1900 and associated tsunami are described.The Ritter 1888tsunami and one in 1899 are mentioned. Part translation

J<aiser-Wilhelms-Land.Beobachtungen und Erlebnisse in den Urwaeldern NeuguineasWerner.E.Herdersche.FreiburgPP24-25.234.244-249 (1911)... Tsunami ... Ritter ... Manam ... Barn ... German'" Bismarck ArcThe tsunami caused by the 1888 Ritter Island eruption is described indetail.A partial ascent of Manam on 11 November 1907 is also described.during which a vapour column was seen above Bam.Part translation

Re isen an der Nordkueste von I<a iser WilhelmslandPoech.R.Globus93(10),139-143,149-155.169-173 (1908)

E- 3 -AGPS __•

Page 46: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00227

C00228

C00229

C00230

C00231

C00232

C00233

• Manam * German * Bismarck ArcA partial ascent of Manam is described.An eruption of Manam in October1904 is described in detail. Part translation.

Im Bismarck-Archipel.Erlebnisse und Beobachtungen auf der Inseln Neu-Pommern (New Britannien)Parkinson.R.F.A.Brockhaus,Lei~zigPP38-40,46-47 (1887)* German * RabaulThe Rabaul volcanoes are described and the 1878 eruption brieflymentioned.Part translation

Ueber die Bewohner der Insel Rook,oestlich von Neu-Guinea.nebst einigen Notizen ueber Neu­Guinea und benachbarte InselnReinl.P.Zeitschrift fuer Allgemeine Erdkunde4.353-365 (1858)* Earthquake * Ritter * German * Bismarck ArcRitter island is described as a very steep hill which continuallysmokes.An earthquake felt on Rook Island on 17 April 1857 isdescribed.Part translation.

Ueber die Sundainseln nach Neu-Guinea und dem Bismarck-ArchipelZdekauer,A.Fr. Morawek , TrautenauP35 (1899)* Manam * German * Bismarck ArcAn eruption of Manam in 1889 is described.Part translation

Der I<aiserliche Berzirksamtmann Dr.Scholz in Friedrich WilhelmshafenScholz.W.Amtsblatt fuer das Schutzgebiet Neuguinea4(1),35-37 (1912)* Manam * German * Bismarck Arct1anam activity on 12 December 1911 is described.Part translation

Six years' exploration in New Britain and neighbouring islandsPowell.W.Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly R~cord of Geography2(10),645-646 (1880)* Rabaul * Ulawun * Bamus * Bismarck ArcThe Rabaul eruption of 1878 is described.The active nature of Ulawun andBamus is noted

Green islands in glittering seasPuxley.W.L.George Allen e Unwin.LondonPP192-212 (1925)* Balbi * Bagana * Bougainville Island * RabaulAn inaccurate account ef Rabaul caldera volcanic activity.An eruptionat Balbi,probably between 1900 and 1920,during which incadescent lavawas reportedly thrown into the air, is mentioned.A major eruption ofBagana (Baganl in the text) is also mentioned

In a German colony or four weeks in New BritainPullen-Burry.B.Methuen e Co .• LondonPP220-221.227-229 (1908)* EarthquakeA strong earthquake affecting the Gazelle Peninsula is described

F - 3u.- ~-AGPS-...

Page 47: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00234

C00235

C00236

C00237

C00238

(00239

C00240

Life and laughter 'midst the cannibalsCollinson.C.W.Hurst e Blackett.LondonP134 (1926)... Bagana ... Balbi ... Bougainville IslandVapour from Bagana seen by author from the Shortland Islands ismentioned

The morphology of New GuineaCarey.S.W.Australian Geographer3(5),3-31 (1938)A Long Island ... Bismarck Arc ... Admiralty Islands'" Rabaul ... Eastern Papua Mainland'" Willaumez Peninsula'" Pago ...Ulawun ... Bamus ... Lolobau ... Ri tter ... 1<llrkar ... Manam ... BamM general account of New Guinea volcanoes taken mainly from Stanley isgiven. Native legends of eruptions of Long Island and Baluan Island arementioned

The land of the red birdCheesman.L.E.Herbert Joseph.LondonPP290-291 (1938)... EarthquakeEurthquake damaQe which occurred in the Torricelli Mountains on 20September 1935 IS described

The March stormsRussell.H.C.Nature38.491 (1888)... Ritter ... Tsunami'" Bismarck ArcThe tsunami which affected New Guinea and New Britain on 13 March 1888is mentioned

The geotectonic structure of New GuineaVan Bemmelen.R.W.De Ingenieur in Nederlandsch-Indiee6(2).17-27 (1939)... Mount Lamington ... Bismarck Arc'" Highlands'" Eastern Papua Mainland'" D'Entrecasteaux Islands ... Ra~aul ... Bam ... Mana... Long IslandA general account of the tectonic evolution of New Guinea.Bismarck Arc.Highlands and Eastern Rapua volcanoes are brieflymentioned.Mount Lamington is described as an active volcano

The geology of IndonesiaVan Bemmelen.R.W.Government Printing Office.The HaguePP716-717 (1949)... Bismarck Arc ... Highlands'" Mount Lamington ... Rabaul ... Eastern Papua Mainland ... D'Entrecasteaux Islands ... MountVictory ... GoropuA brief description of the Bismarck Arc.Highlands.Eastern Papua. andD'Entrecasteaux Islands volcanoes. Mount Lamington is listed as anactive volcano

Along the Mission Trail.In New GuineaHagspiel.B.Mission Press.S.V.D.Techny.IllinoisPP71-72.98-99.183.226-227 (1926)... Bismarck Arc ... Earthquake'" Manam ... Rabaul

G- 3-AGPS .._1IIIlI

Page 48: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00241

C00242

C00243

C00244

C00245

C00246

C00247

The effects of an earthquake in the Aissano area in 1906 or 1907 aredescribed.Manam seen smoking on 7 June 1922.The Rabaul volcanoes arebriefly described

Die Vulkanausbrueche bei Rabaul im Mai/Juni 1937Timm.E.E.Der Seewart.Nautische Zeitschrift9,330-334 (1937)• German • RabaulThe 1937 eruptions of Vulcan and Tavurvur are described in detail.Notranslation

Letters from New Guinea 1921. With a postscript and some notes added in 1969Bassett,M.Hawthorn Press,MelbournePP31,98 (1969)• Bismarck Arc. Bougainville Island. Ulawun • BalbiUlawun and Balbi are briefly described

Taming New GuineaMonckton.C.A.W.Dodd Mead e Company,New YorkP.t73 (922)• Mount Victory. Eastern Papua MainlandThe d~cimation of a local tribe by a past eruption of Mount Victory ismentioned.

Erdbeben in der Blanche-Bucht (Neu-Pommern) am 8 September 1911Haben i cht ,I(or'letten-I(ap i taenAnnalen der Hydrographie und Maritimen M~teorologie40,167-168 (1912)• German • EarthquakeThe effects of an earthquake felt in Rabaul on 8 September 1911 aredescribed.No translation

Meteorologische Beobachtungen aus den deutschen Schulzgebieten der Suedsee fuer das Jahr 1902Danckelman,A.vonMitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten16,231-240 (1903)• German • EarthquakeA tabular listing of earthquakes felt in New Guinea during 1902 isgiven.No translation

Geological report on the sulphur deposits of New Britain.In: Geological reports on New BritainFisher.N.H.Administration of the Territory of New Guinea.Geological Bulletin3,40-45 (1942)• Bismarck Arc. Pago • Bamus • Willaumez Peninsula • Lan~ila • RabaulBrief descriptions and sketches are given of s~lphur'-bearlng volcanicareas on New Britain

Ueber Laven von Hawaii und einigen anderen Inseln des Grossen Oceans nebst einigen Bemerkungenueber glasige Gesteine im AllgemeinenCohen.E.Neues Jahrbuch fuer Mineralogie.Geologie und Pala~ontologie2,23-62 (1880)• Rabaul • Pumice rafts. GermanPumice rafts ~enerated during the 1878 Rabaul eruption are described.Part translatIon

1-1- 3...-----------------....-..s--[iil-AGPS-..

Page 49: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00248

C00249

C00250

Beitraege zur Geographie der taetigen VulkaneSapper.I<.Zeitschrift fuer Vulkanologie3.65-197 (1916)* Bagana * Bamus * Ulawun * Langila * Ritter * I<arkar * Eastern Papua Mainland * Bismarc~ Arc * Bougainville Island *Mount Victory * German * Balbi * Manam * aam * RabaulThe known act i ve volcanoes of New Gu inea are ..:.~t ioned in relat ion toworld volcanic activity. Reference is given to past activity of Mountvictory.No translation

New Britain and its peopleDanks.B. .Report of the 4th meeting of the Austra~asian Association for "he Advancement of Science.Hobart4.614-620 (1893)* Ulawun * Bamus * Bismarck ArcSmoke was seen coming f,·om both Ulawun and Ba~·...s some time in the mid tolate 1880s

I<aiser-Wilhelmsland und die Inselwelt im Stillen Ozean.ln:Die Deutschen J<olon ien. von 1<' SchwabeI<raerner. A.Weller 6 Huettich.BerlinPP78-80.90-92 (1910)* Bismarck Arc * Rabaul * German. Lolobau * Ulawun * Willaumez Peninsula * Langila * Manam * Bamus * RitterA general description is given of t,·e volcanoes along the north coaot ofNew Guinea and New Britian.Part tran~lation

on the sulphur deposits of Lolobau.ln:Geological reports on New Britain

the Territory of New Guinea,Geological Bulletin

Geological reportFishcr.N.H.Administration of3.46-49 (1942)* Bismarck Arc * LolobauA description and sketch of Lolobau

C00251

C00252

C00253

C00254

An investigation of volcanic activity at Doma PeaksTaylor.G.A.Bureau of Mineral Resources.Australia.Record1971/137.1-15 (1971)* Highlands * Doma PeaksAn account is given of nvtive legends relating to past activity of DomaPeaks

Geology and vulcanology of Blanche Bay.and the surrounding area. New BritainFisher.N.H.Administration of the Territory of New Guinea.Geological Bulletin1.1-68 (939)* Earthquake * Tsunami * RabaulA detailed account is given of the May 1937 eruption of Tavurvur andVulcan.Eruptions in 1767.1850 and 1878 and major earthquakes on24 February 1910.1 January 1916 and 6 May 1919 are also described

Tectonic evolution of New Guinea and MelanesiaCarey.S.W.University of Sydney.unpublished doctorial thesisPP28-33 (1938)* Eastern Papua Mainland * Bismarck Arc * Long Island * Admiralty Islands * Rabaul * Ulawun * Pago * WillaumezPen insula * Bamus * Lolobau * Ri tter * I<arkar * Manam * BamA summary is 9iven of volcanic activity in Papua New Guinea.Part­published in ~ustralian Geographer.3(SJ.3-31.1938

1- 3 ~

-------------------------~-AGPS-...

Page 50: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

I

C00255

C00256

C00257

C00258

C00259

C00260

C00261

Landslide distribution and earthquakes in the Bewani and Torricelli Mountains.New Guinea.In:JenningsLJ.N .• e Mabbutt.J.A.(editors);Landform studies from Australiaand New uu i"eaSimonett.D.S.Australian National University Press,CanberraPP64-84 (1967)'" EarthquakeThe landslide effects of the 20 September 1935 and earlier earthquakeson the Aitape-Vanimo region are discussed in detail

This crowd beats us allScharmach.L.Catholic Press Newspaper Co .• SydneyPPl-2,30-31 (1960)'" RabaulThe 1937 Rabaul eruption is mentioned. The eruption of Tavurvur duringearly 1942 is described

Erster Bericht von meiner Reise nach Neu-Guinea ueber die Zeit vom 6 Juni 1904 bis zum 25 Maerz1905Poech.R.Sitzungsbericht der I<aiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftlicheI<lasse114(5),437-453.689-698 (1905)'" Bismarck Arc'" Manam '" GermanThe article includes a photograph showin~ vapour emission from Manam on26 October 1904.No mention of volcanism IS made in the text.Notranslation

Ein Besuch auf den Papu~inseln noerdlich von Neu GuineaStuder.T.Deutsche Geographische BlaetterPP182-200 (1877)'" Rabaul '" GermanA degcriptio~ or th~ Rabaul volcanoes. Part translation

Report on the volcanoes of the Territory of New GuineaFisher,N.H.Administration of the Territory of New Guinea.Geological Bulletin2.1-18 (1939)'" Bismarck Arc'" Bougainville Island'" Rabaul '" Bam '" Manam '" I<arkar '" Long Island'" Ritter '" Langila '" WillaumezPeninsula'" Pago '" Bamus '" Ulawun '" Lolobau '" Balbi '" BaganaA detailed description is given of all the known volcanic areas of theTerritory of New Guinea with notes on past volcanic activity

Two years in Southern SeasCameron,C.T.Fisher UnwinJLondonPP103,293-297 l1923)'" Bismarck Ar~ '" Rabaul '" Ritter '" Tsunami'" Witu IslandsThe Rabaul volcanoes are briefly mentioned. The effect of the 1888Ritter Island tsunami on the Witu Islands is described

Bagana volcano.Bougainville Island:geologY.petrology,and summary of eruptive history between1875 and 1975Bult i tude .R ....'.Geological SUI'vey of Papua New Guinea.Memoir6.1-35 (1979)'" Bougainville Island'" BaganaA summary 0f volcanic activity reported from Bagana including some

J- 3 -AGPS __•

Page 51: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00262

C00263

C00264

C00265

C00266

C00267

C00268

C00269

~reviously unpublished photographs of Bagana taken between 1940 and 1950is given

On the north-east coast of British New GuineaThomson,J.P.Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, Queensland Branch,Proceedings6(1).32-42 (1891)* Eastern Papua Mainland * Mount Victory * EarthquakeA description of activity at Mount Victory seen in July 1890.The effects of a recent earthquake are also described

Volcanoes the Cape Hoskins area, New Britain, Territory of Papua and New GuineaBlake,D.H. Bleeker,P.Bulletin Volcanologique34(2),385-405 (1970)* Pago * Bismarck ArcEruptions of Pago during the period 1914-1917 are described

Administrative centre for the Rabaul districtFisher.N.H.Bureau of Mineral Resources,Australia.Record1946/32.1-6 (1946)* Rabaul * Tsunami * EarthquakeThe effects of the 1937 and 1941-42 Rabaul eruptions are summarised andthe course of future eruptions suggested. The effects of past earthquakesand tsunami are also summarised.A description of Tavurvur and Vulcan asseen in December 1946 is given

Be i traege zur I<enntn iss des deutschen Schutzgeb ietes in der SuedseeParkinson,R.Mitteilun~n der Geographischen Gesellschaft in HamburgPP201-283 (1887)* German * Bagana * Balbi * Bougainville IslandBalbi and Bagana are briefly mentioned.No translation

Ulawun volcano New BritainJohnson.R.W. Davies.R.A. White.A.J.R.Bureau of Mineral Resources,Australia.Bulletin142.1-42 (1972)* Bismarck Arc * UlawunEruptions of Ulawun in 1915 and 1941 are described

Oer Bismarck-Archipel im deutschen Schutzgebiet in der SuedseePfeil,J.GrafBericht des 5 Congres International des Sciences Geographiques,BerneAnnexe 28,PP409-419 (1892)* Rabaul * Ritter * Bismarck Arc * GermanRitter Island and its 1888 eruption is briefly mentioned.The Rabaulvolcanoes are briefly described and the 1878 eruption outlined.Notranslation

Preliminary Report.Bam Island Madang Sub-District,New GuineaBest,J.G.Bureau of Mineral Resources.Australia,Record1954/59.1-2 (1954)* Bismarck Arc * BamAn eruption at Bam Island at the end of 1946 is briefly described

The Whitney south sea expeditionHamlin,H.

1< - 3....---------------------~-AGPS- ..

Page 52: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00270

C00271

C00272

C0027::S

C00274

C00275

C00276

Rabaul Times162.8 (1928)• Balbi • Bougainville IslandA description is given of an ascent of Balbi during April 1928

Volcanic centres of New GuineaFisher.N.H.Walkabout17(6),35-40 (1951)• [/Jstern Papua Mainland. Bismarck Arc * Bougainville Island. Rabaul • Bam • Manam • I<arkar • Long Island * RitterLangila • Ulawun • Bamus • Lolobau • Bagana • Balbi • Mount VictoryA popular account is given of the active volcanic centres of Papua NewGui n'~a

Report by R.E.Guise. Esquire. on the expedition despatched from Collingwood Bay to the MainRangeGuise.R.E.Annual Report on British New Guinea 1893-1894Ap~endix X.PP78-87 (1894)• Eastern Papua Mainland. Earthquake. Mount VictoryAn earthquake on 16 March 1894 is described.Mount Victory was seencovered by steam on 23 March 1894

Die vulcanischen Ereignisse des Jahres 1878Fuchs,C.W.C.Tschermaks Mineralogische und Petrographische Mitteilungen2.97-125 (1879)• Rabaul • Tsunami • GermanA brief and inaccurate account is given of the 1878 Rabaul eruption.Parttranslation

They came to MatupitMennis. M. R.Catholic Press.VunapopePP59-67 (1972)• RabaulA detailed description is given of the 1937 Rabaul eruption.The 1942Tavurvur eruption is ~riefly mentioned

Hell and high feverSelby.D.M.Angus 6 Robertson.SydneyPPl-37 (1956)• RabaulThe 1941-42 Tavurvur eru?tion is briefly described

Suedsee-Erinnerungen (1875-1880)Hernsheim,F.A.Hofmann 6 Co .• BerlinPP97-109 (883)• German • RabaulA brief description of the Tavurvur 1878 eruptior and of conditions in1881.Part translation

German New Guinea.The Annual ReportsSack,P. Clark.D.(editors 6 translators)Australian National University Press. CanberraPP22.113.184-185.213.258,267-268 (1979)• Bismarck Arc • Earthquake • Ri tter • LolobauThe 1888 Ritter Island and 1905 Lolobau eruptions are mentioned.The

L - 3----~-------------------~-AGPS-...

Page 53: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00277

C00278

C00279

C00280

;:00281

C00282

C00283

effects of earthquakes in 1895,1900,1901 and 1906-07 are descr'bed

Reise vom Vermessungsgebiet nach Berlin-Hafen und von Berlin-Hafen nach StephanSOl·tMerten ,I(orvetten-(ap i taenAnnalen del' Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie25,419-420 (1697)'" Bismarck Arc'" Manam '" GermanLava Was seen descending the flanks of Manam on 20 March 1897.Parttranslation

Aus unserer NeuguineamissionDassel,A.Berichte del' Rheinischen Missions-Gesellschaft52(10),313-316 (1895)'" Bismarck Arc '" I(arkar '" GermanThe I(arkar erupt i on of June 1895 is descr ibed. Part translat ion

Preliminary note on volcanic eruptions in the Goropu Mountains,southeastern Papua,during theperiod Oecember,1943,to August,1944Baker.G.Journal of Geology54(1),19-31 (1946)'" Eastern Papua Mainland'" GoropuAn account is given of the Goropu eruption,1943-1944.The petrology ofthe rocks and regional tectonics are discussed

Navigation through St. George Channel,to the westward towards the coast of New GuineaKing,F.J. .Nautical Magazine and Naval Chronicle13,12-14 (1644)'" Witu Islands'" Long Island'" Bismarck Arc'" Dampier StraitAn 1842 voyage during which hot springs on Narage (Gipps) Island wereobserved. Long and Crown Islands were also sighted

Eastern Oampiers StraitHunter,R.L.Nautical Magazine and Naval Chronicle10,743-745 (1841)'" Long Island'" Bismarck Arc'" Ritter '" Dampier StraitAn 1841 voyage through Oampier Strait and along the north coast of NewGuinea.Volcanoes were sighted, but no activity was reported

Pacific OceanAnonymousNautical Magazine and Naval Chronicle32,52-53 (1863)'" Witu Islands'" Oampier Strait '" Bism~rck ArcAn 1861 voyage along the north coast of New Guinea. A submarine waterspout was observed near Narage Island. and the emission of smoke wasreported from Tolokiwa Island

New Guinea diaries 1871 - 1883Mikloucho-Maclay,N.de1(1' i sten Pres, MadangPP235-237,295 (1975)... Bismarck Arc'" Earthquake'" Tsunami'" /'l'!namThe effects of earthquakes and tsunam i 0;' the Fin isterre Mounta ins andMaclay Coast between 1873 and 1876 and abvut 1855-56 c~~ described.Manamwas seen in eruption on 16 March 1883

M- 3......---------~.~-------------[!i~.-aAGPS- ...

Page 54: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

The Founding of the Roman Catholic Churcn in Oceania 1825 to 1850WiltgenIR.M.Australian National University Press.CanberraPP478-487 (1979)* Bismarck Arc * Ritter * TsunamiActivit¥ of Ritter in May and July 1848 is described.The tsunami of 1888is mentioned

Notice meteorologique concernant la Cote-Mac lay en Nouvelle-GuineeMikloucho-Maclay.N.deNatuurkundig tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-I ::lie33.430-431 (1874)* Earthq\lake * FrenchA monthly listing of earthquakes felt on the Maclay coast during 1871­1872 is given.No translation

Flutwelle und die Hilfsexpedition von Finschhafen nach del' Suedwestkueste von Neu-PommernSteinhaeuser.R.Westermanns Illustrierte deutsche Monatschefte71,265-275 (1890)* Tsunar,li * Ritter * Bismarck Arc * GermanAn account of the tsunami generated by the Ritter 1888 eruption and ofthe relief expedition ~o western New Britain. Part translation

Del' geologische Bau von I<aiser Wilhelms-Land nach dem heutigen Stand unseres WissensRicharz,S.Neues Jahrbuch fuel' MineralogietGeologie und PalaeontologieBeilage·Band 29,PP406-536 (1910)* Bismarck Arc * J(arkar * Ritter * Long Island * Manam * Barn * German * Ulawun * Bamus * LangilaA detailed description is given of the Bismarck Arc volcanoes.Ulawun.Bamus,Langila.J(arkar,Ritter.Manam and Barn are listed as being active.Part translation

Report of the earthquake of 1st January, 1916Newport.H.D.Report on the Territory of New Guinea,1921-1922Appendix E.PP2-3 (1923)* Earth':luakeA short note on the earthquake felt in Rabaul on 1 January 1916 is given

Note on earthquake no.25.1920.Februcry 2nd,11hPigot.E.F.Report on the Territory of New Guinea,1921-1922Appendix E.PP3-4 (1923)* Earthquake * Tsu~amiA note on the Solomon Sea earthquake of 2 February 1920 that caused thesea to run out of the harbour at Gasmata,New Britain.and not to return

Untitled newspaper cuttingsAnonymousSydney Morning Herald.Sun.ArgusPPl-3 (1916) -~ Earthquake * Tsur.amiThe effects of a large A( ..•., ,quake felt in Rabaul on 1 Januar¥ 1916 aredescribed.The shock was recorded on the Riverview College seIsmograph.Sydney

Lav~ flowa.Manam Island volcano in eruptionRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly

I

C00284

C00285

C00286

C00287

C00288

C00289

C00290

C00291

N- 3 -AGPS __•

Page 55: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

COO292

COO293

C00294

C00295

C00296

C00297

C00298

C00299

7(4),9 (1936)• Bismarck Arc 4 HanamAn eruption of Hanam during October 1936 is described

Hanam Island volcanoRobson,R.~.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly8(9) ,2 (1938)• Bismarck Arc. HanamAn eruption of Hanam during January and February 1938 is described

Volcano shows renewed activityB.IJ.C.Pacific Islands Monthly8(11),39-40 (1938)• Bismarck Arc 4 HanamAn eruption of Hanam during the first half of 1938 is described

Vulcanicity of Rabaul districtHassey.C.H.Rabaul Record3(1),8-10 (1917)• R&baul 4 EarthquakeIdeas as to the cause of the 1878 Rabaul eruption are given. The presentstate of volcanic activity is outlined and theories as to the causes ofearthquakes in the district are given

Many earth tremorsAnonymousRabaul Record2(6),2 (1917)• EarthquakeA swarm of small tremors affecting Rabaul on 21 May 1917 is mentioned

More earth tremorsAnonymousRab!tul Record2(3),2-3 (1917)4 EarthquakeTIe effects on Raba..:l of tremors on 7 and 2S February 1917 are described

E~u·~r· tremorAnonYI'tOU9Rabd'll Record2(2) '~-4 (1917)• E&rthquakeA ~~emor felt in Rabaul on 7 January 1917 is mentioned

EarthquakesAnonymousRabaul Record1C1O),1 (1916)4 EarthquakeA tremor felt in Rabaul on 28 November 1916 is mentioned

Someth ing from l<i etaOenham.T.F.REibaul Record2(10),11-12 (1917)4 Bougainville Island 4 Balbi 4 Bagana

A- 4...------------ -. ~~AGPS-....

Page 56: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00300

C00301

C00302

C00303

C00304

C00305

C00306

The effe~ts on.l<ietalof an.~rvption of.Bagana during mid 1917 aredescrlbed.ijalbl IS a so saId to be act,ve

Unt i tled noteSchleinitz,G.E.G.vonNature36,136 (1887)* Bismarck Arc * Dameier StraitAn English summary of the article in Annalen der Hydrographie undMaritlmen ~leteorologie,1887 regarding a fall of ash at Finschhafen isgiven

Instructions for entering Dampier's Straits from the eastward.In:The Oriental Navigator, SecondEditionHogan,CaptainRobert Laurie 6 James Whittle,LondonPP601-607 (1801)* Bougainville Island * RabaulLarge quantities of black sulphurous smoke was observed near thenorthern end of Bougainville Island on 6 July 1796.Passed through St.Georges Channel on 9 July 1796; no volcanic acitivity is mentioned

Water from a hot spring,New BritainLivers idge,A.Chemical News and Journal of Physical Science42,324 (1880)* RabaulA chemical analysis of water probably from Matupi Harbour is given.Anidentical note appears in the Journal and Proceedings of the RoyalSociety of New South Wales,14,145,1881

Stanfords compendium of geography and travel.Australasia.Vol II,Malaysia and the PacificArchipela~sGuille~rd,F.H.H.Edward Stanford,LondonPP385.431-435 (1894)* Eastern Papua Mainland * Bismarck Arc * Bougainville Island * Rabaul * Mount Victory * Ulawun * Bamus * Lolobau *Willaumez Peninsula * Langila * Ritter * Balb.A general account is given of New Guinea VOlcanoes and the 1878 Rabauleruption is briefly described.Two volcanoes,not including Balbi ,are saidto be active on Bougainville Island

Die deutschen Salomo-Inseln sonst und jetztSeidel,H.Globus83(12),181-186 (1903)* Bougainville Island * Bagana * Balbi * Earthquake * GermanBagana activity in 1884 and an earthquake swarm in August 1899 aredescribed.Balbi is not listed as volcanic.Part translation

From notes made in New GuineaRobson,R. W.Pacific Islands Monthly10(4),9-10 (19~9)

* RabaulA brief description and a photograph of Tavurvur following the 1937eruption

Earthquakes shake 1< ietaRobson,R.W.(editor)

6- 4.... I[iij_AGPS _ ...

Page 57: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00307

C00308

C00309

C00310

C00311

C00312

C00313

C00314

~~g~~!~ tr~~~~s Monthly• EarthquakeA series t)f earthquakes felt at I<ieta on 29 January 1932 are mentioned,but n~ v~!canic activity was reported from Bagana

Flood damage at Edie CreekRobson,R.W.(editor)P~cific Islands Monthly5(7),1 (1935)• EarthquakeAn earthquake felt at Wau on 28 December 1934 is described

Clouds over MatupiRobson,R.W.(editor)Paci~ic Islands Monthly10(11'.37 (1940)'" RabaulAn /Ish eh~ission from Tavurvur during M/lY? 1940 is illustrated

British New GuineaThomson.J.P.Scottish Geographical Magazine7,163-164 (1891)• Eastern Papua Mainland. Mount VictoryA summary of Thomson's 1891 paper on northeastern Papua, in whichactivity at Mount Victory in July 1890 is described

North-east coastForbes.H.O.Annual Report on British New Guinea 1886P36 (1886)• Eastern Papua Mainland. Mount VictoryMount Victory is briefly mentioned.No activity is reported

Terrific earthquakeRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly6(3).5 (1935)• EarthquakeA description is given of the effects on Wewak of the September 1935Torricelli earthquake

EarthquakeAnonymousPacific Islands Monthly9(7).4 (1939)• EarthquakeThe effects of earthquakes on 31 January 1939 felt on Bougain·,illeIsland and on the Morobe coast are briefly described

Terrifying earthquakeEve,H.D.Pacific Islands Monthly6(5).9 (1935)• EarthquakeThe effects of the 1935 Torricelli earthquake are briefly mentioned

Gurias at RabaulRobson,R.W.(editor)

c- 4 _AGPS __•

Page 58: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00315

C00316

C00317

C00318

C00319

C00320

C00321

C00322

Pqcific I~land~ Monthly5(12).72 (1935)... Earth.:;;.;,keA strong e8~thquake Felt in Rabaul on 8 July 1935 is described

Rabaul shakenRobson,R.W.(edltor)PaciFic Islands Monthly4(6),28 (934)... EarthquakeA strong earthquake Felt In Rabaul on 13 December 1933 is described

Local and gP.neralThomas.G.(editor)Rabaul Times30.4 (925)... EarthquakeTremors Felt at Namanula on 3 November 1925 are mentioned

Australia's tropic islandsFerguson,D.B.Rabaul Times121,8 (1927)... Bismarck Arc ... Manam ... RabaulThe Rabaul \/olcanoes are brieFly mentioned.Manam was Seen emittingclouds of steam sometime during 1927

Local and generalThomas.G.(editor)Rabaul Times33,4 (1925)... EarthquakeSharp earth tremors Felt in Rabaul on 29 November 1925 are mentioned

An outpost in PapuaCh ignell, A.1<.Smith.Elder 6 Co •• LondonPP2-4.172-173.256-257 (1915)... Eastern Papua Mainland'" Mount VictoryThe activity of Mount Victory around 1909 is described.Mention is madeof a past eruption

Albert Maclaren.Pioneer missionary in New GuineaSyn~e.F.M.SocIety for the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts. LondonPP96-103 (1908)... Goropu ... Mount Victory'" Eastern Papua MainlandActivity of Mount Victory during July 1890 is described.A burningmountain, possibly Goropu, is described inland From Collingwood Bay

Note on volcanic rocks,with special reFerence to plagioclase Feldspars, From Mt.Bogana.Bougainville Island.So\omon IslandsBaker.G.American Geophysical Union.Transactions30(2).250-262 (1949)... Bou~ainville Island ... BaganaActivIty of 8agana during June 1945 is described.One photograph isincluded

Catalogue of the active volcanoes of the world including solFatara Fields. Part V.Melanesia

D- 4--. ~-AGPS-....

Page 59: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00323

C00324

C00325

C0032G

C00327

C00328

C00329

Fisher.N.H.International Volcanological Association.NaplesPP1-76 (1957)*' Eastern Papua Ma inland * Bismarck Arc *' Bouga inv i He Island * Rabaul * Barn * Manam * I<arkar * Long Island * Ri tterLangila * Willaumez Peninsula*, Pago * Bamus *' Ulawun * Lolobau * Mount Victory * BaJhi * BaganaA comprehensive account is given of all of the known recent volcanicareas of Papua New Guinea

The occurrence of a Lower-Miocene formation on Bougainville IslandMawson.D. Chapman.F.Royal Society of South Australia.Transactions59.241-242 (1935)*' Bougainville Island * Bagana *' BalbiBrief mention is made of the volcanic nature of Balbi and Bagana

The east Solomon Sea earthquake of 20 July 1975;and notes on seismic risk in BougainvilleEveringham.I.B. Gaull.B.A. Dent.V.F.Bureau of Mineral Resources.Australia.Record1977/31.1-37 (1977)*' Bougainville Island * Bagana *' EarthquakeDetails are given of earthquakes felt on Bougainville Island in 1923 and1939.An eruption of Bagana on 2 February 1939 is described

Notes on the volcanoes Mount Bagana and Mount Victory.Territory of Papua and New GuineaSmi th. r. E.M.Bureau of Mineral Resources.Australia.Record1969/12.1-14 (1969)*' Eastern Papua Mainland * Bougainville Island*' Bagana * Mount VictorySummaries of known past eruptive activity at Bagana and Mount Victory;the latter said to have been active until the 1930s

Australian National Committee on Geodesy and Geophysics:Report of the sub-committee onvulcanology. 1951 .Fisher.N.H.Bulletin Volcanologique15.71-79 (1954)*' Rabaul * Eastern Papua Mainland*, Goropu*' Bismarck Arc*, Long Island * Bougainville Island * Ulawun * Mount Victor*' Bagana *' BalbiSummaries are given of wartime activity at Tavurvur.Goropu and LongIsland.Brief notes are made on other B.smark Arc,Eastern Papua andBougainville Island volcanoes

Geological expedition across the Owen Stanley RangeStanley.E.R.Annual Report on Papua 1917-1918Appendix D.PP75-84 (1919)*' Eastern Papua Mainland * Mount LamingtonBasalt was seen on the flanks of Mount Lamington.but the volcanic natureof the mountain itself was not recognised.Hot springs were discoveredin the Awaru River

Germany's former colonies.III.North-east New Guinea and the Bismarck ArchipelagoMarshall.A.J. IGeographical Magazine7(4).281-288 (1938)*' RabaulThe report contains a photograph of Tavurvur taken after the 1937eruption.Nothing on volcanism is included in the text

The volcanoes of the Mandated Territory of New Guinea

E - 4 _A,GPS __•

Page 60: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00330

C00331

C00332

C00333

C00334

C00335

C00336

Fieher.N.H.Sixth Pacific Science Co~gress,San Francisco,Proceedings2,889-894 (1939)... Bismarck Arc ... Bouga inv iHe Island'" Rabaul * Bam '" Manam ... I<arkar ... Ri tter ... Lang i la ... Pago ... BamL . * Ulawun ...Lolobau ... Balbi ... BaganaA concise account is given of the known volcanoes' of New Guinea andtheir activity

Notes on the North-Eastern Division of Papua (British New Guinea)Strong.W.M.Geographical Journal46.407-411 (1916)... Eastern Papua Mainland ... Mount VictoryA description of activity seen at Mount Victory in 1911 and of nativetales of past activity

Resultate der Regenmessungen und Erdbeben-Beobachtungen in Deutsch-Neu-Guinea in den Jahren 1900und 1901Danckelman,A.vonMitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten15,243-249 (1902)... Earthquake ... GermanA description and tabulation of earthquakes felt in New Guinea during1900 and 1901 is given.No translation

Meteorologische Beobachtungen in Deutsch-Neu-GuineaDanckelman.A.vonMitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten14.63-69 (1901)... Bismarck Arc'" Earthquake ... Bam * GermanA description and tabulation of earthquakes felt in New Guinea during1699 is ~iven.Activity at Bam during December 1699 'is described.Notranslation

Return to paradiseMitchener,J.A.Penguin Books,HarmondsworthPP352-366 (1957)... RabaulA general account of Rabaul, including a brief description of theMay 1937 eruption

Future of RabaulRobson.R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly12(1),24 (1941) ,... RabaulThe effect of dust from the 1941 eruption of Tavurvur on the township ofRabaul is described

Unendurable dustRobson.R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly11(12).7 (1941)... RabaulAn account is given of the activity of Tavurvur during June-July 1941

The terror of the eruptionThomas,G.Pacific Islands Monthly

F- 4 ~....--- -.J__~-AGPS-....

Page 61: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00337

C00338

C00339

C00340

C00341

C00342

C00343

7(12),35-38 (1937)'" RabaulA personal account is given of the May 1937 eruption of Vulcan andTavurvur

The birth of a volcanoMurray,G.H.Pacific Islands Monthly9(10),54-55 (1939)'" RabaulA personal account is given of the May 1937 eruption of Vulcan andTavurvur

Vast rich,untamed isleBrsndes,E.W.Rabaul Times248,4-6 (1930)~ Bismarck Arc'" Manam '" BamAn ~ctive volcano , referred to as Blup Blup,between the Ramu and SepicRivers is described. The article originally appeared in the NationalGeographic Magazine,56,253-332

I<ieta newsDeland,C.C.Rabaul Times286,7 (1930)'" Bou~ainville Island'" Lake LoloruA visIt to Lake Loloru,called Rurolu in "the account,is described

Earthquake zone in PacificDavid,T.W.E.Rabaul Times255,12 (1930)'" EarthquakeThe occurrence and causes of earthquakes in New Guinea are discussed

Der Sepik (I(aiserin-Augusta-Fluss) und sein StromgebietBehrmann,W.Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen SchutzgebietenErgaenzungsheft Nr.12.PP1-100 (1917)'" I(arkar '" Bismarck Arc'" Bam '" Manam '" GermanThe structural setting and recent activity of Bam and Manam arediscussed in deta i 1.1<arkar is br iefly discussed. Part translat ion

Aus unsern MissionenAnonymousHiltruper Monatshefte54(7),173 (1937)'" Rabaul '" GermanA short account of the 1937 Rabaul eruption is given.A full translationis given in BMR Report 229

Vulkanausbrueche.1.Bericht des hochw.P.I<.Schlueter,M.S.C.Schlueter, 1<.Hiltruper Monatshefte54(9),216-220 (1937)'" German '" RabaulA detailed description of the 1937 Rabaul eruption.A full translationis given in BMR Report 229

G- 4 -AGPS __1III'lI

Page 62: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00344

C00345

C00346

C00347

C00348

C00349

C00350

C00351

Vulkanausbrueche.2.Bericht des hochw.P.Provinzial J<onrad Hepers,M.5.C.Hepers,l<.Hiltruper Monatshefte54(9),221-223 (1937)* German * RabaulAn account of the 1937 Rabaul eruption and its aftermath is given.A fulltranslation is given in BMR Report 229

Vulkanausbrueche.3.Brief des hochw.P,Superior Hermann Zwinge,M.S.C.Zwinge,H.Hiltruper Monatshefte54(9),223-2~6 (1937)~, German * RabaulA detailed account of the 1937 Rabaul erupticn. A full translation isgiven in BMR Report 229

Rabaul im Banne des !(a i aAnonymousHiltruper Monatshefte54(10),240-253 (1937)* German * RabaulA comprehensive account of the 1937 Rabaul eruption,compiled fromvarious mission reports, is given,A full translation is diven in ~MRReport 229

Einige Nebenerscheinungen gelegentlich des Vulkanausbruchs in RabaulGruendl,F.Hiltruper Monatshefte54(11),271-272 (1937)* German * RabaulSeveral native experiences during the 1937 Rabaul eruption are brieflydescribed.A full translation is given in BMR Report 229

Hit ratternden Hotoren um das Leben stiller HenschenTischmacher,O.Liebfrauen Monatshefte55(5),119-121 (1938)* German * RabaulA series of photographs showin~ aspects of the 1937 Rabaul eruptiontogether with descriptive captIons. No translation

Oas Erdbeben auf der Insel Hatupi und die Zerstoerung der Nonduper J<ircheBoegershausen,G.Honatshefte zu Ehren Unserer Lieben Frau vom Heiligsten Herzen Jesu23(3),111-115 (1906)* Earthquake * Tsunami * German * RabaulAn earthquake felt in Rabaul on 1 October 1905 is mentioned.Pasteruptions of Vulcan and Tavurvur are described. Part translation

Letzte Nachrichten aus der Suedsee-HissionAnonymousHonatshefte zu Ehren Unserer Lieben Frau vom Heiligsten Herzen Jesu?3(3),115-116 (1906)* Bismarck Arc * Lolobau * GermanAn eruption of Lolobau during August 1904 is briefly described. Parttranslation

Ein Vulkan steigt aus dem HeerHueller,L. Landinger,J.Liebfrauen Honatshefte

1-1- 4-AGPS-_.

Page 63: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00352

C00353

C00354

C00355

C00356

C00357

C00358

54(9),240-249 (1937)• Rabaul • GermanA detailed description is given of the 1937 Rabaul eruption.A fulltranslation is give.n in BMR Report 229

Schreckensnacht vnter donnernden VulkanenAnonymousLiebfrauen Monatshefte54(10),275-279 (1937)* Rabaul * GermanA detailed description is given of the 1937 Rabaul eruption.A fulltranslation is given in BMR Report 229

Unter Schlamm und Asche begrabenAnonymousLiebfrauen Monatshefte54(10),280-282 (1937)• Rabaul * GermanA description is given of the effects of ash on the Rabaul landscapeafter the 1937 eruption.A full translation is given in BMR Report 229.

Neues Leben blueht aus den RuinenAnonymousLi ebfrauen Monatshefte54(10),282-284 (1937)• Rabaul • GermanThe aftermath of the 1937 Rsbaul eruption is described.A fulltranslation is given in BMR Report 229

Alte und neue VulkaneAnonymousLiebfrauen Monatshefte54(11),308-313 (1937)* Tabar-Feni Islands. Witu Islands'. Bismarck Arc. Rabaul • Ulawun • Pago * Willaumez Peninsula. Ritter ; TsunamiEarthquake ~ German * Bamus * Lolobau • LangilaA brief'description is given of New Britain volcanoes ,earthquakes andtsunamis. The 1878 Rabaul eruption is summarised;Ulawun,Bamus,Lolobau,Pago, L.an!;j ila and Ri tter are listed as be ing act ive. The 1888 Ri ttertsunami IS described.A full translation is given in BMR Report 229

Vulkanausbruech in unserm Missionsgebiet RabaulWimmer,F.Liebfrauen Monatshefte54(7),192-193 (1937)* Rabaul • GermanA brief report is given of the 1937 Rabaul eruption.A full translationis given in BMR Report 229

Untitled reportVi !lien,G.Generalate Archives of the Society of Mary,Rome.APM reference OMM.411PP1-2 (1848)* Bismarck Arc * Ritter • FrenchAn extract from a report to the President end Council of the Associationfor the Progagation of the Faith, in which Ritter Island and itsactivity during June 1848 are described.No translation

Im Stromgeb iet des Sep ik. Ei le deutsche Forschungsre ise in Neugu ineaBehrmann,W.August Scherl,Berlin

1- 4-AGPS-_.

Page 64: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00359

C00360

C00361

C00362

C00363

C00364

C00365

PP22-31.60-61,295.317 (1922)'" Rabaul '" Bismarck Arc .. Ri tter .. Tsunam i .. Manam .. Bam .. Ger",anA description is given of the Rabaul volcanoes and their past activity.The 1888 Ritter Island eruption is mentioned.Manam and Bam are describedand their past and present activity mentioned.Part translation

Nakanai und die weitere Nordkueste Neubritanniens.In:Hueskes,J.(editor).Pioniere der SuedseeSchumm,R.J.Hueskesimissionar vom Heiligsten Herzen Jesu,Hiltrup-SalzburgPP73-80 ( 932).. Bismarck Arc'" Pago .. GermanThe activity of Pago in 1918 is mentioned.No translation

Forschungsreisen.In:Hueskes,J.(editor). Pioniere der SuedseeMueller.H.J.Hueskes,missionar vom Heiligsten Herzen Jesu,Hiltrup-SalzburgPPI04-111 (1932)'" Bismarck Arc'" Ritter '" TsunamiThe 1888 Ritter Island eruption is mentioned.No translation

Untitled noteVeth.P.J.Tijdschrift voor Nederlands-Indiee35,106 (1867)'" Tsunami '" Earthquake .. DutchThe spurious eruption in the Arfak Mountains (Irian Jaya) in 1864 ismentioned. A strong e&rthguake and tsunami were felt at Doreh (IrianJaya) on 22 May 1864. Full translation

Untitled letterEllis.T.W.Unpublished file,Volc&nological Observatory.RabaulPl (1955)'" Bismarck Arc'" BamA letter to G.A.Taylor regarding local history relating to pasteruptions of Bam

Bam Island investigation- 15th-18th NovemlJer. 1954Reynolds,M.A.Rabaul Volcanological Observatory Monthly Report, October-November 1954Appendix 1,Pl (1954)'" Bam .. Bismarck ArcAn account of local history as it relates to the past eruptive activityof Bam

Investigations of recent volcanic activity in the Territory of New GuineaBest,J.G. .Eighth Pacific Science Congress,Manila.Proceedings2,180-192 (1956).. Langila '" Bismarck Arc .. Lon~ Island .. Admiralty Islands .. ManamDetails of past eruptive activity from native tales and other sources ofLangila, Long Island, St.Andrew Strait, and Manam are given

Erosion of a young volcano in New GuineaOllier,C.D. Brown.M.J.F.Zeitschrift fuer Geomorphologie15(1),12-28 (1971)'" RabaulDescriptions of gullying and other erosion processes which occurred onthe flanks of Vulcan soon after its creation in 1937 are given

J - 4...--------- IiEIIl/IIIl_~-AGPS-....

Page 65: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00366

C00367

C00368

C00369

C00370

C00371

C00372

C00373

Extracts from personal and business papers of J.B.D.Mouton (1911-1948)Hoo~rwerff,J.PacIfic Manuscl'ipts Bureau,Australian National University,CanberraPMB 603,Pl (1937)* Rabaul * EarthquakeA letter detailing the experiences of Hoogerwerff during the 1937 Rabauleruptions, and extracts of other correspondence giving descriptions ofthe January 1941 earthquake and 1941 eruption of Tavurvur

The hazardness of a particular area:Rabaul,P.N.G.I<ennedy , R.W.UnpublIshed essay submitted for a Diploma in Social Sciences, University. of New EnglandPPI-I0 (1980)* Rabaul * Earthquake * TsunamiA short essay on hazard at Rabaul, including particularly volcanichazardPacific islands.Volume 111.Western Pacific (Tonga to the Solomon Islands)Darby,H.C.(editor)Naval Intelligence Division,Geographic Handbook Series,CambridgePP611,670-672 (1944)* Bougainville Island * Balbi * BaQanaBalbi and Bagana are briefly descrlbed.Balbi crater ia said to contain apool of hot lava

Untitled letterStamm,J.Unpublished correspondencePPl-3 (1969)* Ulawu~ * Lolobau * Bamus * Pago * Bismarck ArcA letter to R.W.Johnson detailing volcanological observations made byFather J.stamm, a Roman Catholic priest, who came to the north coast ofNew Britian in 1914

Transcription of a radio interview,Australian Broadcasting CommissionDouglas ,1<.Unpublished compilation of radio-interview transcriptions,Bureau of Mineral ResourcesPPl-3 (1981)* Rabaul * Pumice raftsA plantation owner describes his experiences during the 1937 Rabauleruption. Interviewed by T.Bowden .

Transcription of a radio intervi~~,AustralianBroadcasting Commission

~~~~b~ished compilation of radio-interview transcriptions,Bureau of Mineral ResourcesPP3-10 (1981)* RabaulA Rabaul resident describes his experiences during the 1937 Rabauleruption. Interviewed by D.Connell

Transcription of a radio interview,Australian Broadcasting CommissionHansen,S.Unpublished compilation of radio-interview transcriptions,Bureau of Mineral ResourcesPPIO-12 (1981)* RabaulA Rabaul resident describes hi~ experiences during the 1937 Rabauleruption. Interviewed by T.Bowo~n

Transcription of a radio interview,Australian Broadcasting Commission

1< - 4.... tiij.AGPS _..I

Page 66: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Resources

C00374

C00375

C00376

C00377

C00378

C00379

C00380

McCarthy,J.Unpublished compilation of radio-interview transcriptions,Bureau of Mineral ResourcesPP12-16 (1981)* RabaulThe wife of J.I<.McCarthy describes her experiences during the 1937Rabaul erupt ion. Inter'v I ewed by T. Bowden

Transcription of a radio intervi~w,AustralianBroadcasting CommissionMeares,C.D.Unpublished compilation of radio-interview transcriptions,Bureau of Mineral ResourcesPP16-26 (1981)* RabaulA Rabaul resident describes his experiences during the 1937 Rabauleruption. Interviewed by T.Bowden

Transcription of a radio interview,Australian Broadcasting CommissionHilder,B.Unpublished compilation of radio-interview transcriptions,Bureau of Mineral ResourcesPP26-34 (198U* Rabaul * Pumice raftsAn officer on board the 'Montoro' describes his experiences withsubmarine eruptions, and his role during the 1937 eruption at Rabaul.Interviewed by D.Connell

Transcription of a radio ,nterview,Australian Broadcasting CommissionMiller,L.Unpublished compilation of radio-interview transcriptions,Bureau of Mineral ResourcesPP34-36 (1981)* RabaulA Rabaul resident describes her experiences during the 1937 Rabauleruption. Interviewed by D.Connell

T~anscription of a radio interview,Australian BI'oadcasting CommissionPatiliu,S.Unpublished compilation of rodio-interview transcriptions,Bureau of MineralPP36 -37 (1981)* RabaulA Tolai villager describes his experiences during the 1937 Rabauleruption. Interviewed by D.Connell

Transcription of a radio interview.Australian Broadcasting CommissionAhnon,W.Unpublished compilation of radio-interview transcriptions,Bureau of Mineral ResourcesPP38-42 (1981)* RabaulA Rabaul resident describes his experiences during the 1937 Rabauleruption. Interviewed by R.Sheridan

Bougainville and the northern SolomonsRentz(,J.N.~lar ine Corps Monograph, Hi stor ical Sect ion, Divis ion of Publ ic Informat ion, Un ited States Mar ineCorps,WashingtonPP24.40 (1948)* Bougainville Island * BaganaBetween 1 and 4 November 1943 Bagana was emitting a plum~ of smoke andglows were observed

Islands of the PacificDaniel,H.Putnam's Sons,New York

L- 4... ~-AGPS-....

Page 67: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00381

C00382

C00383

C00384

C00385

C00386

C00387

P135 (1943)* Bougainvil1e Island * Ba1biDaniel reported that there were several active volcanoes on Bougainvi1leIsland,and that Ba1bi is a steeply pyramidal volcano with a jaggedcrater that is active

A visit to the German Solomon IslandsDorsey,G.A.Field Museum of Natural History,Chicago.Putman Anniversary VolumePP521-544 (1909)* Bougainville Island * BaganaOn 21 July 1908 Bagana,referred to by Dorsey as Pagana.was emittingvoluminous white vapours from the summit area.Dorsey,an Americanethnologist,accompanied Dr.A.Hall and Dr.ICSapper on the first crossingof Bougainville Island by Europeans

Volcanoes as landscape formsCotton.C.A.Whitcombe & Tombs Ltd, ChristchurchPP223-225,236,361 (1944)* RabaulDescriptions are given of the build-up and geomorpho1ogy of Vulcan cone,based on the report by N.H.Fisher (1939)

Blazing the trail in the SolomonsMcHardy,E.Dominion Publishing Company ,SydneyPP50-53,108,146 (1935)* Bou~ainvil1e Island * Bagana * Ba1biDescr Ipt ions are given of Ba~ana as seen in Decer ,ber 1929. July 1930 andAugust 1931.Balbi is also brIefly mentioned

Restless volcanoRobson.R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly9(9),50 (1939)* Bougainville Island * Ba~ana * EarthquakeA report of eruptive activIty from Banaga in early 1939.during whichthere had been numerous ash falls on J<ieta and the coastal area north ofthe town. Earthquakes were felt on 30 January 1939 on Bougainville Islandand in the northern British Solomon Islands

External local project, Geography, 100-22!(ennedy. R.W.UnpublIshed essay submitted for a Diploma in Social Scier~es.Universityof New EnglundPPl-18 (1977)* RabaulAn account is given of the events that led to Rabaul beingre-established on its pre-war site following the 1937 and 1941-43eruptions and Allied bombing during the Second World War

Seebeben im Bismarck-ArchipelTrotha, von,l(orvetten-J<ap i taenAnnalen der Hydrograph ie und Mar it i.nen Meteorolog ie38.383-384 (1910)* Earthquake * GermanEarthquakes felt in Madang durin~ September 1909 and in Rabaul duringNovember and December 1909 are llsted.No translation

Seel~ben im Bismarck-Archipel

M- 4_AGPS-_"

Page 68: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00388

C00389

C0039u

C00391

C00392

C00393

C00394

Dominik.l<.Annalen del" Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie38.384 (1910)* Earthquake * GermanEarthguakes felt in Rabaul during February 1910 are listed.Notranslation .

Morphometric evolution of cinder conesWood,C.A.Journal of Volcanology and Geothermal Research7,387-413 (1980)* RabaulThe rate of growth of Vulcan cone in 1937 is compared to growth rates ofother cinder cones.Vulcan is found to have the highest growth rate

Bouga i nv ille. In: Schnee, A. H. H. (ed i tor). Deutsches I<olon ial-Lex ikonSapper,I<.Quelle 6 Meyer,Leipzig1.234-235 (1920)* Bougainville Island * Balbi * Bagana * GermanBalbi and Bagana are briefly mentioned as active volcanoes.Notranslation

Geographie des Indischen und Stillen DzeansSchott,G.C.BoysenJHamburgPP80-86 t1935)* Rabaul * Bismarck Arc * Bougainville Island * GermanA tabular listing of active volcanoes in the New Guinea re~ion. TheSolomon Islands and Bismarck Arrhipelago are said to contaIn 15 activevolcanoes on land and one submar 'ne volcano. Together they have erupted94 times between 1800 and 1914.f'a,·t translation

Volcanoes qUietRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly7(12),5 (1937)* RabaulThe aftermath of the ~937 Rabaul eruption is summarised

Rabaul to be abandonedRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly8(5),62-64 (1937)* RabaulA summary is given of the conclusions contained in the report on the1937 Rabaul eruption by Stehn and Woolnough

Eruption costRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly9(2),72' (1938)* RabaulA breakdown of costs incurred following the 1937 Rabaul eruption

Rabaul's futureRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly10(3),21 (1939)* Rabaul

N- Lt... ~-AGPS-...

Page 69: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00395

C00396

C00397

C00398

C00399

C00400

C00401

C00402

Extracts from a statement made by N.H.Fisher to the AmalgamationCommittee of the Commonwealth Government regarding volcanic hazard inRabaul

Eruption?Fisher,N.H.Pacific Islands Monthly11(6),9 (1941).. RabaulExtracts are given from weekly reports of 18 and 25 December 1941regarding temperature increases at Tavurvur

Rabaul's worst earthquakeRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly11(7),38-39 (1941).. EarthquakeA detailed account is given of the effects of a severe earthquake feltin Rabaul on 14 January 1941

Rabaul's volcanoRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly11(11),8 (1941).. RabaulActivity at Tavurvur ~~ring June 1941 is briefly noted

Rabaul volc~no is activeRobson.R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly11(11),51 (1941).. RabaulActiVity at Tavurvur during June 1941 is summarised

Untitled noteRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly12(5),47 (1941).. EarthquakeAn earthquake felt in Wau on 6 November 1941 is mentioned

Eruption damageRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly8(3),1 (1937).. RabaulAn estimate of the total cost of the 1937 Rabaul eruption

New Guinea capitalNelson.C.H.Argus newspaper,Melbourne27 June (1938).. Earthquake" TsunamiAn earthquake and tsunami which affected Salamaua in August 1915 ismentioned

Evacuation of RabaulStewart,D.Pacific Islands Monthly7(12),16,72-73 (1937)

A- 5.... ..- [jfJ_AGPS ___

Page 70: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00403

C00404

C00405

C00406

C00407

C00408

C00409

C00410

anRgg~~Ont of the evacuation of Rabaul after the May 1937 eruption

When Vu1can roaredCampbell,A.J.Pacific Islands Monthly8(2) ,n (1937)... RabalJlThree~hotographs of the 1937 Rabaul eruption taken by Pastor A.J.Campbe II are shown

Floods and dustRobson R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly8(3),5 (1937)... RabaulThe aftermath of the 1937 Rabaul eruption is reported.Tavurvur is saidto be still emitting smoke and steam

Cleaning up RabaulRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly8(3),41 (1937)... RabaulA short note on the aftermath of the 1937 Rabaul eruption

Aftermath of Rabaul eruptionThomas,G.Pacific Islands Monthly8(4),4 (1937)... RabaulThree photographs showing the effects of the 1937 Rabaul eruption, takenby Gordon Thomas

Driving on Rabaul harbourChinnery,S.Pacific Islands Monthly8(4),55 (1937)... RabaulA phot09raph showing ash and ~umice from the 1937 Rabaul eruption takenby S.Ch,nnery is shown

To select a new capitalRobson,R.W.(editorJPacific Islands Monthly8(7),8 (938)... Rabaul ... EarthquakeEarthquakes felt in Rabaul on 8 February 1938 are mentioned.Tavurvur isreported to be showing renewed activity

A garden town againRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly8(8),46 (938)... RabaulThe state of Rabaul in late February 1938 following the 1937 eruption issummarised

EarthquakeRobson,R.W.(editor)

B- 5 ~..._BIE'lI ~ ·IIIIII.~A/!Iittoft.'1II111-AGPS_....~

Page 71: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00411

C00412

C00413

C00414

C00415

C00416

C00417

Pacific Islands Monthly8C10).4 (1938)* EarthquakeThe effects of a severe earthquake in the Morobe district on 13 May 1938are described

1<1 imatolog ischesDanckelman.A.vonNachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel10.48-53 C1894)* Earthquake * GermanA summary is given of earthquake activity reported in New Guinea during1893.No translation

MissionswesenAnonymousNachr ichten ueber I<a iser Wilhelms -Land und den Bismarck -Arch ipel11,37-40 (1895)* I<arkar * Bismarck Arc * GermanThe erupt ion of I<arkar in 1895 is noted. Part translat ion

1<1 imatolog ischesDanckelman.A.vonNachr ichten ueber I<a iser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck -Arch ipel11,48-52 (1895)* Tsunami * Bismarck Arc * I<arkar * Earthquake * GermanA summary is given of earthquake activity reported in New Guinea during1894. The eruption of I<arkar during June 1895 is briefly described.Anearthquake and tsunami on 6 March 1895 are reported. Part translation

GeographischesHahl.A.Nachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel12.36-53 C1896)* Bismarck Arc * Ulawun * Bamus * German .Ulawun and Bamus are briefly described.Both are said to be active.Parttranslation

1<1 imatolog i schesDanckelman.A.vonNachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel12,54-61 (1896)* Earthquake * GermanA summary is given of earthquake activity reported in New Guinea during1895.No translation

I<limatologischesDanckelman.A.vonNachri chten ueber I<ai ser Wi lhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Arch ipel13,58-65 C1897)* Earthquake * GermanA summary is given of earthquake activity reported in New Guinea during1896.No translation

I<limatCllogischesDanckelman.A.vonNachrichten ueber I<aiser Wil~elms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel14,60-68 (1898)* Earthquake * GermanA summary is given of earthquake activity reported in New Guinea during

C- 5 _AGPS __•

Page 72: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00418

C00419

C00420

C00421

C00422

C00423

C00424

1897.No translation

Geographisches. ExpeditionenI(aernbach , L.Nachri chten uel'er I<a iser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Arch ipel9,42-57 (1893)* Bismarck Arc * Bam * GermanBam is briefly described. No volcanic acti .ity is reported. Parttranslation

1(1 imatolog ische BeobachtungenDanckelman,A.vonNachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel9,58-59 (1893)* Earthquake * GermanA summary is given of earthquake activity reported in New Guinea during1891 and 1892.Part translation

Stationen im SchutzgebietAnonymousNachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel8,21-30 (1892)* Earthquake * GermanEarthquakes felt on the Gazelle Peninsula during August and September1891 are mentioned.Part translation

Arbeiter-Anwerbung im SchutzgebietAnonymousNachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel6,81-88 (1890)* Bismarck Arc * Ritter * TsunamiThe aftermath of the 1888 Ritter Island tsunami is described. RitterIsland is said to have been reduced to a half circular wall by collapse.Part translation

Beschreibung der Nordkueste von I<aiser Wilhelms-Land von I(ap Cretin bis zu den Legoarant-InselnSchleinitz,G.E.G.vonNachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel5(2),48-87 (1889)* Bismarck Arc * Langila * Ritter * Long Island * I<arkar * Manam * German * Dampier StraitLangila and the island volcanoes off the north coast of New Guinea aredescribed in detail-The 1888 Ritter eruption is also described.l(arkar isdescribed as probably being active and Manam as active.Part translation

Untitled reportAnonymousNachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel4(2),76-79 (1888)* Bismarck lire .;. Ri tter * Tsunam i * Ger,oanThe 18eq Ritter Island eruption and tsunami are described in detail.Fulltranslation

Die Fluthwelle vorn 13. Maerz 1888AnonymousNachri chten ueber I<ai ser Wi lhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel4(3),147-149 (1888)* Bismarck Arc * Ritter * Tsunami * GermanThe 1888 Ritter Island eruption and tsunami are described in detail.Fulltranslation

0- 5 t _AGPS I

Page 73: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00425

C00426

C00427

C00428

C00429

C00430

C00431

C00432

Wetter und 1<1 imaAnonymousNachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel3(3),89-91 (1887)... Dallll?ier Strait ... Bismarck Arc'" GermanA fall of ash at Finschhafen on 5 February 1887 is reported. Fulltranslation

Aus dem SchutzgebietAnonymousNachri chten ueber I<a iser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Arch ipel2(2),61-69 (1886)... Earthquake ... Germanstrong earthquakes felt in Ffnschhafen on 21 March and 5 April 1886 arementioned.Part translation

Ander~eite Nachrichten ueber das deutsche SchutzgebietAnonymousNachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel2(1),11-22 (1886)... Bismarck Arc ... Ritter ... Long Island'" German'" Dampier StraitRitter Island and the other islands in and around Dampier Strait arebriefly described.Part translation

Reise nach Neu Guinea von Astrolabe bis Humboldt-Bay vom 5 bis 28 Mai 1885Finsch,O.Nachrichten ueber I<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel4,4-19 (1885)... Manam ... Bam ... Bismarck Arc ... GermanFinsch saw Bam and Mallam between 20 and 21 May 1885.The latter was seenemitting smoke. Part translation

Reise nach Neu GuineaFinsch,O.Nachrichten ueber J<aiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel1(3),2-10 (1885)... Bismarck Arc ... Long Island'" Ritter ... GermanLong Island and Ritter Island are briefly described. Part translation

Bismarckarch ipel. In: Schnee, A. H. H. (ed itor). Deutsches I<olon ial-Lex ikonSapper,lCQuelle & Meyer,Leipzig1,213-216 (1920)... Rabaul ... Bismarck Arc ... German'" UlawunNew Britain volcanoes are briefly mentioned.No translation

Tidal waveAnonymousRabaul Times298,7 (1931)... TsunamiThe effects of a tsunami which affected northwest New Guinea on 24December 1930 are described

Tidal waveAnonymousRabaul Times299,7 (1931)... TsunamiThe effects of a tsunami which affected northwest New Guinea on 24

E- 5....-------------..;;.-;...------I[JiIII-AGPS_ ..

Page 74: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00433

C00434

C00435

·C00436

C00437

C00438

C00439

C00440

December 1930 are described

Tidal waveAnonymousRabaul Times300,9 (1931)'" TsunamiThe effects of a tsunami which affected northwest New Guinea on 24December 1930 are described

Madang newsAnonymousRabaul Times301.12 (1931)'" Tsunami'" Manam '" Bismarck ArcThe effects of a tsunami which affected northwest New Guinea on 24December 1930 are described. Manam activity is mentioned

North-west notesAnonymousRabaul Times302,10 (1931)'" Earthquake'" TsunamiA large tsunami which affected northwest New Guinea on 24 December 1930is described. Two small earthquakes which were felt in Aitape sometimein January 1931 are mentioned

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times310.8 (1931)'" EarthquakeEarthquakes which were felt at Namanula and Rabaul on 22 March 1931 arementioned

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times322,8 (1931)"'·EarthquakeA series of earthquakes felt in Rabaul on 14 June 1931 are mentioned.They were said to be the strongest since 1923

North-west notesAnonymousRabaul Times335,10 C1931)'" EarthquakeA severe earthquake Felt in northwest New Guinea on 9 August 1931 ismentioned

Seaplane visits RabaulMoody,P.H.Rabaul Times339,5 (1931)'" Ulawun '" Pago '" Bismarck ArcTwo smokir,g volcanoes seen on 13 October 1931 between Talasea and Rabaulare mentioned

Departure of the seaplane

F- 5....-----------~----------\Mi]I-AGPS- ..

Page 75: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1931 is described.TheEmpire Society,January

C00441

C00442

C00443

C00444

C00445

C00446

C00447

HOOdyiP.H.Rabau Times342 15 (1931)* BIsmarck Arc * UlawunUlawun was seen smoking during late October 1931

1< ieta notesAnonymousRabaul Times356,5 (1932)* EarthquakeSeveral earthquakes Pelt in 1< ieta on 29 January 1932 are descr ibed

Last years earthquake in AitapeAnonymousRabaul Times362,4 (1932)* EarthquakeA severe earthquake felt in Aitape on 9 Augustarticle is taken Prom the Journal of the Royal1932

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times374,9 (1932)* Bougainville Island * BaganaBagana was seen in eru~tion on 9 June 1932.A lava Plow is described onthe southwest Plank

1< ieta notesAnonymousRabaul Times380,8 (1932)* Bougainville Island * BaganaThe June-July 1932 eruption oP Bagana is described.Lava was seedescending the southwest Planks of the volcano

Long IslandNurton.A.Rabaul Ti mes400.12 (1932)* Bismarck Arc * Lon~ IslandLong Island is descrIbed in detail.Native legends suggest that adevastating eruption had taken place about 300 years previously

1< ieta notesAnonymousRabaul Times411.7 (1933)* Bougainville Island * BaganaAn eruption oP Bagana during February 1933 is mentil1ed

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times424.8 (1933)* EarthquakeAn earthquake felt in Rabaul on 29 Hay 1933 is described

G- 5...-----------------------IVi~-AGPS- ....

Page 76: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00448

C00449

C00450

C00451

C00452

C00453

C00454

C00455

C00456

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times452,10 (1933)... EarthquakeAn e:arthquake felt in Rabaul on 13 December 1933 is described

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times456,8 (1934)... Ear':hquakeA number of tremors felt in Rabaul during early January 1934 arementioned

Aitape's outpouringsAnonymousRabaul Times463,16 (1934)... EarthquakeSeveral earthquakes felt in Aitape during early 1934 are mentioned

North-west notesAnonymousRabaul Times538.13 (1935)... EarthquakeEarthquakes felt in Aitape during June 1935 are mentioned

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times544,8 (1935)... EarthquakeSlight tremors felt in Rabaul on 15 and 16 September 1935 are mentioned

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times545,10 (1935)... EarthquakeA severe earthquake felt in Aitape on 20 September 1935 is described.Asmall tremor was felt in Rabaul on the same da;

The Aitape quakeAnonymousRabaul Times547.5 (1935)... EarthquakeA severe earthquake felt in Aitape on 20 September 1935 is described

North-west notesAnonymousRabaul Times548.13 (1935)... EarthquakeA severe earthquake felt in Aitape on 20 September 1935 is described

The Aitape quakeAnonymous

1-1- 5....--------- ~-AGPS-...

Page 77: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00457

C00458

C00459

C00460

C00461

C00462

C00463

C00464

Rabaul Times553,3 (1935)'" EarthquakeA severe earthquake felt in Aitape on 20 September 1935 is described

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times553.6 (1935)'" EarthquakeEarthquakes felt in Rabaul on 8 and 15 November 1935 are mentioned

Around the groupThomas,G.Rabaul Times591,13 (1936)'" Bismarck Arc'" Manam '" UlawunManam was seen emitting clouds of vapour during June 1936.Ulawun wasinactive

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times602,8 (1936)'" Bismarck Arc'" ManamA major eruption at Manam during October 1936 is described

Madang notesAnonymousRabaul Times602,15 (1936)'" Bismarck Arc'" ManamA major eruption at Manam during October 1936 is described

Nearing normalThomas,G.Rabaul Times633,8 (1937)... RabaulThe aftermath of the 1937 Rabaul eruption is described

The Walaur districtAnonymousRabaul Times633,17 (1937)'" RabaulThe aftermath of the 1937 Rabaul eruption is described

Investigation of volcanic phenomenaStehn,Ch.E. Woolnough.W.G.Rabaul Times633,4 (1937)... RabaulA notice by the officinl investigators,requesting information relatingto the 1937 Rabaul eru~tion

Eruption of a volcano at RabaulBoegershauser,G.Rabaul Times635,15 (1937)

1- 5 _AGPSJ

Page 78: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00465

C00466

C00467

C00468

C00469

C00470

C00471

C00472

'" RabaulEruptions at Rabaul in 1878 and around 1850 are described

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times638,8 (1937)'" Rabau", '" Pumice raftsPumice 'rom the 1937 Rabaul eruption was sighted at Haty Island on1 July ,937

Local al Id generalAnonymousRabaul Times639.8 (1937)'" RabaulThe amount of volcanic dust removed from Rabaul streets folloWingthe 1937 eruption is tabulated

Ht. FatherStehn,C.Rabaul Times639,10 (1937)'" Bismarck Arc'" UlawunThe ascent of Ulawun by Stehn and Fisher on 14 August 1937 is described.Past eruptions in 1915 and a few weeks before the 1937 Rabaul eruptionare mentioned

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times640.6 (1937)'" Bougainville Island'" BaganaAn eruption at Bagana on 7 September 1937 is described

Credit where dueAnonymousRabaul Times641,9 (1937)'" RabaulSome comments on the 1937 Rabaul eruption and its aftermath are given

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times642.6 (1937)'" RabaulThe height and an estimate of the amount of material making up Vulcanare given

Public noticePage.H.Rabaul Times649.5 (1937)'" RabaulA pUblic notice by the Government Secretary summarising the Stehn ­Woolnough report on the 1937 Rabaul eruption

Local and generalAnonymous

J - 5... .... ~-AGPS-...

Page 79: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Rabaul to be evacuatedAnonymousRabaul Times652,9 (1937)'" Rabaulstatements by the Governor-General and the Administrator regarding the1937 Rabaul eruption and its consequences are presented

Local observationsFisher,N.H.Rabaul Times653,9 (1937)'" RabaulA summary of volcanic activity at Rabaul on 2 December 1937 followingthe May eruption is given

C00473

C00474

C00475

C00476

C00477

C00478

C00479

Rabaul Times651,8 (1937).. EarthquakeAn earthquake on 18 November 1937 felt in Madang,Wau,Bulolo andSalamaua and one on 22 November 1937 felt in Rabaul are briefly'-,'':lscr ibed

•The colon'ial mastas.The Australians in Papua and New Guinea.In:Melanesia:beyond diversityNelson,H.Research School of Pacific Studies.School seminar series.Australian National University,CanberraPPl-9 (1980)'" RabaulThe report contains an account of the 1937 Rabaul eruption compiled fromvarious published and unpUblished sources

Local and generalFisher,N.H.Rabaul Times657,6 (1938)'" RabaulA summary is given of volcanic activity at Rabaul during December 1937following the May 1937 eruption

Our earthquakeThomas,G.Rabaul Times658,8 (1938)'" EarthquakeEarthquakes felt in Rabaul during December 1933 and January 1938 and inAitape during September 1935 are mentioned

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times658,8 (1938).. Eartr,quakeSlight tremors felt in Rabaul on 8 January 1938 are mentioned

Local and generalMackJy,Patrol OfficerRabf.ul Times669,6 (938).. Bismarck Arc'" ManamAn l'ru::>tion of Manam during January and February 1938 is described

1< - 5_AGPS-_.

Page 80: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1938 issince 1916

C00480

C00481

C00482

C00483

C00484

C00485

C00486

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times676,8 (1938)>I< Earthquake >I< Bismarck Arc >I< I<arkar >I< TsunamiA series of earthquakes felt between Salamaua and Madang on 13 May 1938are described.A tsunami wushed over a road at Salamaua and steam is saidto have risen from I<arkar crater at the time

Black out at 1< ietaAnonymousRabaul Times676,10 (1938)>I< Bougainville Island >I< BaganaAsh from Bagana volcano fell on I<jeta between 6.45 pm and 10.15 pm on 15May 1938.An unofficial report of activity at Bagana on 7 September 1937is mentioned

Quria in MorobeAnonymousRabaul Ti mes679,5 (1938)>I< EerthquakeA severe earthquake felt in the Morobe district on 13 Maydescribed in detail.It is said to be the most severe felt

Salamaua notesAnonymousRabaul Times679,5 (1938)>I< Earthquake >I< TsunamiA severe earthquake felt in Salamaua on 13 May 1938 is described.Aseries of small tsunami inundated the isthmus at Salamaua following theshock

1< ieta notesAnonymousRabaul Times679,16 (1938)>I< Bougainville Island >I< BaganaAsh from Bagana, wh ich fell on 10 eta on 15 May 1938 is ment ioned

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times684,7 (1938)>I< EarthquakeEarthquakes felt in Salamaua and Bulolo on 12 and 13 July 1938 aredescribed

The capi+-alO'Brien,' .V.Rabaul Times686,3 (1938)>I< Earthquake >I< Bismarck Arc >I< Mana'"A severe earthquake felt in Rabaul on 1 January 1916 is mentioned.Manamis described and a violent eruption is said to have taken place theretowards the end of 1920

L- 5....-------- ~-AGPS-...

Page 81: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00487

C00488

C00489

C00490

C00491

C00492

C00493

C00494

C00495

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times695,6 (1938)• Bougainville Island. BaganaThick brown smoke was seen issuing from Bagana on 16 September 1938Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times£\97,8 (1938),. EarthquakeAn earthquake felt at Pondo on 4 October 1938 is mentioned1< ieta notesAnonymousRabaul Times707,4 (1938)• EarthquakeAn earthquake felt in 1< ieta and Rabaul on 7 December 1938 is ment ionedLocal and generalAnonymousRabaul Times713,4 (1939)• EarthquakeA severe earthquake felt in Salamaua,La"! and Wau on 30 January 1939 isdescribed

1< ieta notesAnonymousRabaul Times715,15 (1939)• EarthquakeA severe earthquake felt in the I(ieta area on 30 January 1939 isdescribed

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times716,8 (1939) ...• EarthquakeA tremor felt in Por" Moresby on 31 January 1939 is mentionedLocal and generalAnonymousRabaul Times726,6 (1939)• TsunamiA tsunami was reported at Gasmata and Rabaul during early May 1939follow ing a severe earthquake centred in the Br it ish Solomon Islands.Manus murmuringsAnonymousRabaul Times745,11 (1939)• EarthquakeA severe earthquake felt on Manus Island on 17 July 1939 is described1< ieta notes

M- 5'-- IIIIKa ~_= ~-AGPS-"~-

Page 82: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00496

C00497

C00498

C00499

C00500

C00501

C00502

AnonymousRabsul Times756,11 (1939)* Bougainville Island * BaganaLightning and fireballs are described over Bagana on one night duringNovember 1939

Report on the seismicity of Papua,and the Mandated Territory of New GuineaRheinberger.p.F.Riverview College Observatory , SydneyPPl-15 (1939)* ELrthquakePo 'tabulation is given of New Guinea earthquakes for the period 1913-1937as recorded by the Ri vel'v ieW College Observatory, Sydney. supplemented bylocal felt reports

Geological observations in British New Guinea in 1891Mai tland.A.G.Annual Report on British New Guinea 1891-1892Appendix M,PP53-85 (1892)* Eastern Papua Mainland * Mount Victory * D'Entrecasteaux IslandsThe D'Entrecasteaux Islands are described in detail.Vapour was seenissuing from the sides and summit of Mount Victory during July 1891.Alsoissued as Geological Survey of Queensland Publication No.85

Local and generalAncnymousRflbaul Times648,11 (1937)* RabaulBlack smoke issu ing from Tavllrvur on 1 November 1937 is ment ioned. Theforeshore of Simpson Harbour is said to be slowly sinking

Investigation of eruptive activity at Mt.Bagana.Bougainville - March 1952Best.J.G.Bureau of Mineral Resources.Australia.Record1956/14.1-2 (1956)* Bagana * Bougainville IslandAn eruption of Bagana in 1937 is mentioned.Little explosive activity issaid to have taken place during the war years

Rabaul's volcanic eruptionsFisher,N.H.Walkabout5(5).13-20 (1939)* Tsunami * Earthquake * RabaulA general description is given of the Rabaul caldera and of pasteruptions, earthquakes and tsunami.A detailed description is given ofthe 1937 eruption

District Officer.From untamed New Guinea to Lake Success.1921,·46Townsend.G.W.L.Pacific Publications.SydneyPP31-32.39-40 (1968)* EarthquakeStrong earthquakes felt in Rabaul during April 1921 and on Gar~ve Islandin late December 1921 are described

High lights and flights in New GuineaRhys.L.

N- 5....---------------------[E-AGPS-...

Page 83: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

COOS03

COOS04

COOSOS

COOS06

COOS07

COOS08

COOS09

Hodder & Stougbton LondonPP203-205,244-246 (1942)• Earthquake • Tsunami • RabaulThe September 1935 Torricelli Mountains earthquake and tsunami arebriefly described.The 1937 Rabaul ~ruption is mentioned

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times770,8 (1940)• RabaulSteam clouds rising from Tavurvur crater on 3 March 1940 are mentioned

Severe earth tremors shake Gazelle PeninsulaAnonymousRabaul Times815.5 (1941)• Ulawun • Earthquake. Bismarck ArcA severe earthquake felt in Rabaul on 14 January 1941 is described indetail. Ulawun is said to be behaving normally

Daily bulletins on seismic disturbancesPage.H.Rabaul Times816,3 0')41)• Earthquake • RabaulDescriptions are given of aftershocks felt in Rabaul during the period18-23 January 1941.following the severe earthquake on 14 Janua~y.Conditions in Tavurvur and Vulcan craters are also described

Official bulletin on local seismic disturbancePage.H.Rabaul Times817.4 (1941)• EarthquakeAftershocks felt in Rabaul on 24-25 January 1941.following the severeearthquake on 14 January. are d.,9cr ibed

The Woolnough article commenting on recent earthquakeWoolnough.W.G.Rabaul Times817.10 (941)• Rabaul • EarthquakeThe Rabaul Caldera is descr ibed and theor ies as to it!! or igin. presentactivity and seismicity are presented

Madang newsAnonymousRal::>aul Times017.12 (1941)• B'smarck Arc 4 ManamActivity on Manam volcano during January 1941 is mentioned

The W,)olnough art icle rev i ewed by Or. FisherF ishe!" .N. H.Rabaul Times818.4 (1941)• Rabaul • EarthquakeThe author criticises aspect~ of a report by Woolnough on thevolcanology and seismicity of the Rabaul region and puts forward his own

/1, - 6---------------------------UiJ]l-AGPS-..

Page 84: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00510

C00511

C00512

C00513

C00514

C00515

C00516

C00517

theories.A major earthquake felt in Rabaul on 14 January 1941 isdescribed

Local and generalAnonymousRabaul Times818 r8 (1941)• Bismarck Arc. UlawunAn eruption of Ulawun during January 1941 is mentioned

Matupi blows upAnonymousRabaul Times836.3 (1941)• RabaulAn eruption of Tavurvur on 6 June 1941 is described.Conditions in Rabaulduring the following few days are also described

Matupi dust analysedAnonymousRabaul Times846.5 (1941)• RabaulAn analysis is given of dust erupted from Tavurvur during June 1941.Itseffect on local plant and animal life is summarised

l(jeta newsAnonymousRabaul Times851.12 (1941)• EarthquakeEarth tremors felt in I<ieta during August-September 1941 are mentioned

f<iets newsAnonymousRabaul Times852.11 (1941)... EarthquakeA strong earthquake felt in I<ieta during early September 1941 ismentioned

Rabaul to-dayThomas.G.Rabaul Times856-61 (1941)• RabaulConditions in Rabaul during October 1941 following the 1941 Tavurvureruption are described

EruptionAnonymousSydney Morning Herald9 September (1937)... Bagana ... Bouga invi lle l.llandAn eruption of Bagana on ? September 1937 is described

Serious earthquake damage at Malaboga and VunairimaMcArthur.L.A. .The Methodi~tt Sydney60(6).1 0':141)

B - 6&a.IIIIl~ "" ~_AGPS_'"

Page 85: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00518

C00519

C00520

C00521

C00522

C00523

C00524

C00525

... EarthquakeA severe earthquake felt in Rabaul on 14 January 1941 is described

Earthquake 14-1-41Walker,J.Unpublished letterPP1-4 (1941)... EarthquakeA detailed description is given of a severe earthquake felt in Rabaul on14 January 1941

Field work in Bougainville:an interlude.In:Buxton,L.H.D.(editor).Custom is I<ingBlackwood,B.Hutchinson's Scientific and Technical Publications,LondonPP169-174 (1936)... Balbi ... Bo~gainville IslandBalbi was observed during July 1930.No activity was seen,but natives saythat smoke and fire frequently come out of it

Notes on Mount Hanam volcanoTaylor,G.A.Unpublished report,Volcanological DbservatorY,RabaulPP1·2 (955)... Hanam ... Bismarck ArcA brief summary of past activity of Hanam volcano

Report of investigation of volcanic activity Hanam Island,T.P.N.G.,April.1953Best,J.G.Bureau of Hineral Resources,Australia,Record1953/68 (1953)... Bismarck Arc ... HanamA summary is given of past activity of Hanam volcano

The Australian trusteeship Papua New Guinea 1945·75Downs,I.Australian Government Publishing Service,CanberraPP79-83 (1980)... RabaulThe 1937 Rabaul ~ruption and the subsequent Tolai claim to Vulcan landis briefly mentioned

Jungle war: Bougainville and New CaledoniaDraper,W.F.National Geographic85,plates I-XVI (1944)... Bougainville Island ... BaganaA painting of American troops landing at Torokina on 1 November 1943shows Bagana in the background with vapour issuing from its summit.Noaccompanying text

A woman's experiences among stone age Solomon IslandersOliver,E.S.National Geographic82,813-836 (1942)... Bougainville Island ... BalbiA photograph of a mountain range on Bougainville Island,possibly Balbi,is included.No mention is made of volcanoes in the text

Fiji patrol on BougainvilleDuncan,D.D.

c- 6 _AGPS __II

Page 86: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00526

C00527

C00528

C00529

C00530

C00531

C00532

National Geographic87,87-96 (1945)* Bougainvllle Island * Bagana * BalblBagana and Balbi are briefly mentloned.A photograph of Bagana probablytaken in early 1944 Is Included

Into primeval Papua by seaplaneBrades.E.W.National Geographic56,253-332 (1929)* Bismarck Arc * Manam * BamAn active volcano,referred to as Blub Blup,between the Ramu and SepikRivers is described. The text of the article appears In the Rabaul Times,17 January 1930

The men and birds of paradiseMarshall,A.J.William Heinemann,LondonPP121-122.142-143 (1935)* Earthquake * TsunamiThe effects of a severe earthquake and tsunami around 1903 on AropVillage, Aitape area. are mentioned

New Britain and the adjacent islandsPowell.W.Society of ArtstJournalPP829-841 (1885)* RabaulA detailed description is given of the 1878 Rabaul eruption.based on theaccount given in "Wanderings in a Wild Country".The same account isgiven in the Nautical Magazine and Naval Chronicle,54,1885

Rabaul shakesRobson.R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly1(12),15 (1931)... EarthquakeA severe earthquake which was felt in Rabaul on 13 June 1931 isdescribed.lt is said to be the strongest since 1923

Isles of the sunBarrett.C.William Heinemann,LondonPP42-44 (1954)* Rabaul * EarthquakeThe 1937 Rabaul eruption is briefly described and a slight earthquakementioned though no date is given

Forty-five years in New GuineaFlierl,J.Lutheran Book Concern,Co!umbusPP23-27 (1931)* Manam * Bismarck ArcAn eruption of Manam during August or September 1886 is mentioned

Rabaul. A study in black and whiteWeetman,C.Walkabout1 April 1937.PP19-23 (1937)* Rabaul

0- 6r-a ....; ..._~-AGPS-....

Page 87: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00533

C00534

C00535

C00536

C00537

C00538

C00539

A portrait of Rabaul published one month before the 1937 eruption.No mention is made of volcanoes or their activity

Isolation of Rabaul. History of U.S.Marine Corps operations in World War IIShaw,H.I. Kane.D.T.U~ited States Government Printi~~ Office,Washington2.PP441.454~499-5031537-542(196~)'" Rabaul '" ~ougainvllle IslandOfficial U.S. history of the Marine Corps operations in th~ SolomonIslands and Bismarck Archipelago. dealing in part with the aerialbombardment of Rabaul during 1942-45. No mention of Rabaul volcanoesbein~ in activity, or of volcanoes on Bougainville erupting duringlandings at Torokina

Neu-GuineaOassel.A. .Berichte der Rheinischen Missions-Gesellschaft52(12),379 (1895)'" Bismarck Arc '" J<arkar '" GermanI<arkar activity during 1895 is mentioned. Part translation

Aus SiarBer~mann.G.Berlchte der Rheinischen Missions-Gesellschaft53(2),52-57 (1896)'" Bismarck Arc'" I<arkar '" GermanThe 1895 J<arkar eruption is briefly described.Part translation

Neu-Guinea·MissionAnonymousBerichte der Rheinischen Missions-Gesellschaft53(6),169 (1896)'" Bismarck Arc'" J<arkar '" GermanThe 1895 I<arkar erupt ion is br iefly ment io~ed. Part translat ion

Headhunting in the Solomon Islands around the Coral SeaMytinger.C.MacMillan CompanY,New YorkPP399-412 (1942)'" Rabaul '" EarthquakeThe book includes a short, derivative.and erroneous account of the 1937Rabaul eruption. It also gives a brief description of the effects ofpre-1937 eurthquakes felt in Rabaul

Der Bismarck-Archipel und das Kaiser Wilhelms-L9ndWeisser,J.Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in HamburgPP269-296 (1885)'" Bismarck Arc'" Rabaul '" Long Island'" GermanThe Rabaul volcanoes and Long IsJ.and are briefly described.Parttranslation

A winiruaAnonymousA Nilai ra Dowot332.1 (1937)'" Rabaul '" I<uanuaAn editorial probaby by Rev.L.Linggood written in I<uanua on 'TheDisaster/-the 1937 Rabaul eruption. A list of numbers killed is givenvillage by village.Full translation

E- 6....----------------------~ti~-AGPS- ..

Page 88: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00540

C00541

C00542

C00543

C00544

C00545

C00546

Rakai aI.M.A Nilai ra Dowot332.2 (1937) •'" I<uanua '" RabaulA short article on the 1937 Rabaul eruption.The author was near Vulcanat the time of the eruption on 29 May 1937.full translation

Pacific islands.Volume lV.Western Pacific (New Guinea and Islands northwarc:)Darby,H.C.(edltor)Naval Intelligence Divislon.Geographic Handbook Series.CambridgePP40-49 (1945)'" Bismarck Arc'" Rabaul '" Eastern Papua Mainland'" Ritter '" long Island'" I<arkar '" Manam '" Barn '" Witu Islands'" MountVictory'" Ulawun '" Bamus '" Pago '" Lolobau '" LangilaA general account is given of the volcanoes and volcanism In theBismarck Arc and Rabaul areas ~

A voyage to New HollandDampter,W.Argonaut Press.LondonPP196-223 (1939)'" Long Island'" Ritter '" I<arkar '" Bismarck Arc'" Ulawun '" Manam '" I<adovar '" BamAn account of a voyage in 1700 along the south coast of New Britain andthe north coaet of New Guinea.Volcanic activity was seen at Ulawun.RI tter. Manam and one of the Schouten Islanc'3. poss ibly I<lldovar. Ed i tedwith introduction.notes and illustrative documents by J.A.Williamson

Aus Papuas I<ultur-MorgenI<otze, S. vonF.Fontane 6 Co .• BerlinPP8-11.50-51.57,145 (1905)'" Bismarck Arc'" Earthquake'" Tsunami'" Rltter '" Rabaul '" GermanA fanciful account of the 1888 tsunami and llctivity lit Rltter just priorto its destruction.Mllnam and the Rabaul volcanoes are brieflymentioned. Part translation

Abel Janszoon Tasman's journalTasman,A. J.Frederik Muller 6 Co.,AmsterdamPP42-49 (898)'" Earthquake'" i<arkar '" Bismarck Arc'" WI tu Islands'" Manam '" BamAn account of II 1643 voyage up the east coast of New Ireland,llcross theBismarck Sea to the Witu Islands and on to I<llrkar Island, where heobserved volcanic activity. Tasman mistel~es I<arkar for Manam.A strongearthquake was felt on 12 April 1643.Edited llnd translated by J.E.Heeres

Fortschritte der geographischen Forschungen und Reisen im Jahre 1893.1.Australlen und dieSuedseeGreffrath.H.Deutsche Rund9chau fuer Geographie und Stlltistik,WienPP451-458 (1894)'" German'" Baellna '" Balbi '" Bougllinville IslllndBalbi and Bagana are briefly mentioned.Balbi is said to be active andBagana to be 3102 m high.Fumaroles are said to exist near other extinctvolcanoes.Part translation

Notes on Ritter.Sakar.Umboi and Long Island volcanoesTaylor.G.A.Bureau of Mineral Resources.Australla.Record

F- 6 _AGPS __l1li

Page 89: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00547

C00548

C00549

C00550

C00551

C00552

C00553

1953/43,1-5 (1953)* Tsunami * Long Island * Ritter * Bismarck ArcA short description is given of Ritter Island and its past activity issummarised. Long Island crater Is descrlbed.Natlve accounts of a postcatastrophic eruption are mentioned. A small active cone Is said to haveformed in the southern part of the crater lake between 1939 and 1945

Report on Bam Island volcano and an invest Igat ion of I<adovar and Blup BlupTaylor,G.A.Bureau of Mineral Resources,Australia,Record1955/73,1-9 (1955)* Manam * I<adovar * Bismarck ArcManam is said to have erupted In 1925 and in 1936-37.A thermal area issaid to have existed on the top of the dome on J<adovar Island in pasttimesAn examination of thermal areas.Vitu (Garove) Island,August 26-27th,1954Reynolds,M.A.Bureau of Mineral Resources,Australia,Record1954/62,1-2 (1954)* Witu Islands * Bismarck ArcNative tales relating to a sudden change in sea level and anaccompanying Increase in steam emission from thermal areas on GaroveIsland about 40 years previous to the investigation

The savage Solomons as they were e areI<ni bbs ,S .G.C.Seeley.Service e Co. ,LondonP171 (1929)* Bougainville IslandOne active volcano is said to be on the island of Bougainville

Exploration of the Solomon IslandsWoodford,C.M.Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography10(6),351-376 (1888)* Bougainville IslandAn active volcano is said to lie near the centre of the island ofBouga i nv i 11eReport on some d~'st and mud deposits resulting from the recent volcanic eruptions at Rabaul,Island of New Brltain,New GuineaHoskin~,J.S.New GUinea Agricultural Gazette4(3),106-107 (1938)* RabaulVolcanic dust and mud samples resulting from the 1937 Rabaul eruptionare analysed and discussed

News in briefRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly11(,U,2 (940)* EarthquakeA small earthquake felt in Port Moresby on 31 July 1940 is described

Earth tremor felt at Port MoresbyRobson.R.W.Ceditor)Pacific Islands Monthly6(3),23 (1935)

... G_-_6 .~III~.J~·d-AGPS __.~

Page 90: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00554

C00555

C00556

C00557

C00558

C00559

C00560

* EarthquakeA severe earthquake was felt in Port Moresby on 30 August 1935

Ill-omen for Hitler?Robson,R.W.Cedltor)Pacific Islands Monthly12(1) ,42 (1941)* Mount Victory'" Eastern Papua MainlandA report detailing increased activity at Mount Victory during the firstpart of 1941.The last activity is said to have taken place 35 yearspreviously1937 Rabaul eruptions,Papua New Gulnea:translatlons of contemporary accounts by GermanmissionariesArculus.A.Ctranslator) Johnson,R.W.Ccompiler)Bureau of Mineral Resources,Australia,Report229,1-78 (1981)* RabaulTranslations of articles appearing in the mission journals HiltruperMonatshefte and Liebfrauen Monatshefte describing the 1937 Rabauleruption are given

The eruptive trend of Manam volcanoTaylor,G.A.Bureau of Mineral Resources,Australia,Record1958/73.1-11 (1958)* Manam ... Bismarck ArcPast eruptions of Manam are briefly described, especially those in 1902,1919,1936-37 and 1946-47

Draft of a guide to the South Seas: translated by direction of the Australian Naval Board. PartIII .I<a Iser-Wilhelms-LandGerman MarineleitungAustralian Naval Board,MelbournePP16,50,72-73,78-79,84,103 (1919)* Tsunami'" Earthquake ... Bismarck Arc'" J<arkar ... Manam ... BamMajor earthquakes and tsunamis In the New Guinea region are described,particularly those occurring In 1887,1888,1893,1906 and 1907.BismarckArc volcanoes from J<arkar to Bam are br i efly descr i bed

Unterseeische vulkanische Ausbrueche und Fluthwellen Im SJedlichen StiJ ,~ Ocean.5.Unterseeischevulkanischer Ausbruch bp-i den Salomo-Inseln im Maerz 1878Harrington.CaptainAnnalen del' Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie6,373-374 (1878)... German * Pumice raftsThick pumice was seen off Bougainville Island In early March 1878.Parttranslation

Zusaetze ZU del' Beschreibung von Neu-BritannienAnonymousAnnalen del' Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie9,383-389 (1881)* German * Bamus ... Ulawun ... Lolobau ... Bismarck ArcLolobau,Ulawun and B~mu3 are described and their pattern of activitynoted. Part translation

Del' Vulkanismus.II.Band:spezieller 7eil.l.Teil.Der neue WeltCPazifische Erdhaelfte).DerPazlfische Ozean und seine RandgebieteWolff,F.von

1-1- 6.... ~-AGPS-..

Page 91: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00561

C00562

C00563

C00564

C00565

C00566

C00567

Ferdinand Enke.StuttgartPP257-269 (1929)... German ... Bouga Inv Ille Island ... East... ~n Papua Ma inland ... Rabaul ... Bismarck Arc'" Bam ... Manam ... I<arkar ... Long IslandRitter ... Lancila ... BamuB ... Ulawun ... Lol~bau ... Mount Victory'" Balbl ... BaganaA cOmPrehensive account of all known New Guinea volcanic activity.Mostly taken from Hammer and Sapper.No translation

Petrogra~hische Untersuchungen an Eruptivgestelnen von der Insel NeupommernLehmann.E.Alfr~d Hoelder,WienPP2-13 (1908)... Bamus ... Ulawun ... Willaumez Peninsula'" Rabau 1 ... Bismarck Arc ... German ... Wltu IslandsA general description Is given of the Raba~~ volcanoes,Ulawun.Basus,theWillaumez Peninsula and the Witu Islands.The same paper appears inTschermaks Mlneralogische und Petrographische Mittellungen 27(8).1908,181-243.Full translation

Ueber submarine Erdbeben und EruptlonenRudolph.E.Gerlands Beitraege zur Geophysik1.133-365 (1887)... German'" Earthquake'" Rabaul ... Wltu Islands ... Bism~rck ArcSubmarine geyser activity off the Witu Islando in 1861 is described. The1878 Rabaul eruption and earthquakes during August 1878 are brieflydescribed (the latter taken from Wendt, 1879).No translation

Beitraege zur Geologie von I<aiser-WilhelmslandGa~el,C.Beltraege zur geologischen Erforschung der Deutschen Schutzgebiete4,1-55 (1912)... German ... EarthquakeA short account of New Guinea seismlcity is given. Earthquakes InSeptember 1906 and December 1907 are particularly mentioned and damageis illustrated by photographs. No translation

The island of New GuineaCheesman,L.E.Nature152(3845),41-43 (1943)... EarthquakeThe effects of a violent earthquake in the Torricelll Mountains in 1933are described

Geographical notesAnonymouoNature18,180 (1878)... RabaulThe effects of the 1878 P.abaul eruption are descrlbed.The account isprobably derived from Hernshelm

Savage paradiseMatches ,M.Century Co., New YcrkPP175,182 (1931)... I<arkar ... Manam ... Bismarck ArcManam activity is briefly described.I<arkar is said to give offsulphurous fumes

A late Ple,stocene to Recent rhyod~cite-tl'~chybasalt-basalticlatite volcanic association in

1- 6.... ~ ~~-AGPS-IIIIIBIIIII

Page 92: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00568

C00569

C00570

C00571

C00572

C00573

C00574

north-east PapuaRuxton,B.P.Bulletin Volcanologique29,347-374 (1966)... f<urur I ... Eastern Papua Ma Inlandf<ururi volcano is briefly described.It Is said to have been activewithin living memory

Tidal wave in northern New GuineaRobson,R.W.(editor)Pacific Islands Monthly1(6),l (1931)... Tsunami ... EarthquakeAn earthquake and tsunami which affected northern New Guinea on 24December 1930 are described

Town in a volcanoMeares,C.D.Unpublished accountPPl-8 (1937)... RabaulA detailed description is given of the 1937 Rabaul eruption and itsal'termath

Untitled memorandumAnon;vmousUnpu~lished l'ile,Department 01' Home and Te~ritoriesPl (1920)... Tsunami ... EarthquakeA memorandum from the District Dl'ficer,Gasmatta regarding a severeearthquake and tsunami felt on 2 February 1920

Earthquake notesGrifl'lths,H.S.Unpublished file,Department 01' External AffairsP1 (1923)... EarthquakeAn earthquake is described which was felt at Namatanai on 3 November1923

Earthquake recordsBruce,J.Unpublished file.Department 01' Agriculture,RabaulP1 (1930)... Earthquake ... TsunamiNotes are given 01' a severe earthquake and tsunami which struck AhettinIsland on 24 December 1930

Earthquake recordsPritchard,M.A.Unpublished file,Department of Agriculture,RabaulPl (1930)... TsunamiNotes are given of a tsunami which struck J<arkar Island on 24 December1930

Log of the ship Friendship,Port Jackson towards Bengal , May-June 1800AnonymousEast India Company Records,l.og Books.Microfilm,Research School 01' Pacific Studies.AustralianNational Unlversity,M.106

J- 61r-.------.--------.......;..------Ill!i]J-AGPS.-...

Page 93: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

COOS7S

COOS76

COOS77

COOS78

COOS79

COOS80

COOS81

P1 (1800)... RabaulA journal of a voyage through st Georges Channel in June 1800.Novolcanic activity is reported

Log of the schooner Lady of St 1< ilda from Port Ph i11 ip towards Canton inCh inaManton,G.Unpublished manuscript,National Library,CanberraMS.SS,PPl-2 (1842)>I< RabaulAn account 01' a voyage through St Georges Channel in .~ugust 1842. Novolcanic activity IS reported

British New GuineaThomson,J.P.George Philip & Son,LondonPP176-177 (1892)>I< Earthquake'" Mount Victory'" Eastern Papua MainlandActivity at Mount Victory as seen by William Mac~regor during July 1890is described.An earthquake was felt in the district before the visit

The South Sea islanders and the QueensLand labour tradeWarn,W.T.Swan Sonnenschein & Co. ,LondonPP282-283 (1893)>I< RabaulThe Rabaul volcanoes and the 1878 eruption are briefly described.Theauthor was told in 1873 that there had not been an eruption there withinliving memory

Log of the ship RoscoeVanderford,CaptainUnpublished log,Research School of Pacific Studies,Australian National University,CanberraPMB No.220,PPl-2 (1822)>I< RabaulThe Rabaul volcanoes were sighted on 19 August 1822.No activity wasreported

Rabaul volcanic eruption-29th May 1q37Clarke,G.A.Unpublished accountPPl-2 (1937)>I< RabaulA detailed account is given 01' the 1937 Rabaul eruption

Eruption 29th May,1937,RabaulChinnery,E.W.P. Chinnery,S.Unpublished accountPP1-4 (1937)... RabaulThe M&y 1937 Rabaul eruption is described in detail

A doctor in paradiseLambert,S.M.J.M.Dent &Sons,LondonP79 (1941)>I< Earthquake ... RabaulThe 1878 and 1937 Rabaul eruptions are briefly mentioned.A severeearthquake felt in Rabaul during 1921 is described

1< - 6....------- ~-AGPS-...

Page 94: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Island * Rabaulis said to haveis ment ioned.

C00582

C00583

C00584

C00585

C00586

C00587

C00588

C00589

Volcanic micro-tremors and tilting of the ground (I)I(izawa, T.Quarterly Journal of Seismology15(2),18-34 (1951)* Japanese * Earthguake * RabaulThe 1878 and 1937 Rabaul eruptions are mentioned.Earthquakes and aneruption of Tavurvur during the period October-December 1943 aredescri~ed.Full translation

Despatch reporting visit of inspection to north-east coast of the PossessionMacgregor,W.Annual Report on British New Guinea 1890-1891Ap~endix D,PPI0-18 (1891)* Earthquake * Mount Victory * Eastern Papua MainlandActivity seen on Mount Victory during July 1890 is described.The effectsof an earthquake felt in the district in early July 1890 are mentioned

AgricultureNewport,HoD.Report on the Territory of New Guinea,1926-1927PP40-48 (1928)* EarthquakeThe number of earthquakes felt in N",w Guinea during the period July 1926-June 1927 is recorded

AgricultureMurray ,G. H.Report on the Territory of New Guinea,1927-1928PP21-35 (1929)* EarthquakeThe number of earthquakes felt in New Guinea during the period July 1927-June 1928 is recorded

Description by Administrator of New Guinea of his tours of inspection within the Territoryduring the year 1930-1931Wisdom,E.A.Report on the Territory of New Guinea.1930-1931Appendix A,PPI09-115 (1932)* Manam * Bismarck ArcManam was seen on 10 August 1930.No activity is reported

Administrator's tours of inspection 1934-1935McNicoll, W.R.Report on the Territory of New GUinea,1934-1935Appendix B,PPI05-120 (1936)* Manam * Bismarck ArcManam was seen on 22 November 1934.A column of steam was seen issuingfrom the crater

Uebersicht ueber die vulkanische Taetigkeit vom Januar 1937 bis Maerz 1938Hantke,G.Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft91(2),160-168 (1939)* German * Ulawun * Bismarck Arc * Bagana * BougainvilleThe 1878 and 1937 Rabaul eruptions are summarised.Baganaerupted on 7 September 19370Ulawun and its past activityNo translation

I(arl<ar, N. G0Hall,W.

L - 6-AGPS-_III

Page 95: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00590

C00591

C00592

C00593

C00594

C00595

C00596

Pacific Islands Monthly5(2).32-33 (1934)'" Bismarck Arc'" f<arkarJ<arkar crater and its act iv i ty is br iefly descr i bed

Notes on near earthquakes, interference, and the problem of volcanic tremors at Rabaul,New BritainLatter,J.H.Bureau of Mineral Resources,Australia,Record1966/19.1-88 (1966)'" Rabaul *' Earthquake'" TsunamiPast volcanic,earthquake and tsunami activity at Rabaul is discussedand inferences are drawn regarding future activity and crustal structurein the region

The Solomon Islands and their nativesGuppy,H.B.Swan Sonnenschein,Lowrey 6 Co. ,LondonPPvi -vi i (1887)'" Bougainville Island'" BaganaBrief mention is made of Bagana.As far as GupPY was aware Bagana was theonly active volcano in the Solomon Islands during his stay in 1882.Herecognised the volcanic nature of the group,observed that andesite was acommon rock type,and briefly described volcanic features on islandssouth of Bougainville

Papua.A handbook to its history,inhabitants,physical features,and resources,etc.Pritchard,W.C.Soc iet~ for Promot i ng Chr ist ian I<nowledge, LondonPP54-55 (1911)'" Eastern Papua Mainlar.d '" Mount VictoryActivity at Mount Victory sometime between May 1907 and March 1908 isdescribed

Rabaul under dust and ashesC.H.Sydney Morning Herald13 September,ll (1941)'" RabaulTavurvur activity during mid 1941 is described and illustrated by aphotograph

Death showered from the sky as island's volcanoes awakenedAnonymousDaily Mirror,Sydne~25 November.25 (1957)'" Rar..aulA description is given of the 1937 Rabaul eruption based on severaleyewitness accounts

Warning flags were flying in RabaulMcCarthy.J.J<.Post-Courier,Port Moresby19 July,S (1971)'" RabaulA personal account is given of the 1937 Rabaul eruption

When Matupit blew,it was time to goMcCarthy ,J ,1< .Post-Courier,Port Moresby20 July,S (1971)

M- 6 _AGPS __•

Page 96: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00597

C00598

C00599

C00600

C00601

C00602

C00603

* Rabaul * TsunamiA personal account is given of the 1937 RGbaul eruption

Peril increases at RabaulAnonymousSydney Morning Herald2 June,15 (1937)* RabaulAn account derived frorl s~veral sourceS is given of the 1937 Rabauleruption

Woman reports great subsi~ence near RabaulDawes,A.W.Daily TelegraphtSydney7 June,P1 C1937)* Rabaul * EarthguakeA subsidence of lane in tne Bainings during May 1937 is described.Activity of the Rabaul volcanoes following the 1937 eruption is brieFlydescribed

RabaulSwan.E.G.Sydney Mail9 June,5,22-35 (1937)* RabaulA general description of the 1937 Rabaul eruption.The article isillustrated by 13 pages of photographs and diagrams

New close-up pictures from RabaulGatenb\[,C.Daily TelegraphJSydney8 June.PP1,5,7 l1937)* RabaulThe May 1937 Rabaul el'uption and its aftermath are illustrated by threepages of photographs

GoVernor in New GuineaHahl.A.Australian National University Press. CanberraPP107-108,120-124 (1980)* Ulawun * Bamus * Lolobau * Willaumez Peninsula * Earthquake * Bismarck ArcHahl's memoirs of his governorship in New Guinea.Ulawun.Bamus andZweispitzenberg (Lolobau?) are said to be ac~ive in late September 1904.The Willaumez Peninsula geysers and an earthquake in December 1907 aredescribed.Edited and translated by P.G.Sack and D.Clark

Time of darkness legends from Papua New GuineaBlong,R.J.Oral History7(10),1-135 (1979)* HighlandsNative legends describing the effects of past volcanic eruptions on theNew GUinea highlands are related

The J<rakatoa myth and the New Guinea highlandsBlong,R.J.Polynesian Society. Journal84(2).213-217 (1975)* Highlan:JsNative legends describing the eFfects of past volcanic eruptions on the

N- 6 _AGPS __III

Page 97: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00604

C00605

C00606

C00607

C00608

C00609

C00610

C00611

New Guinea highlands are discussed in relation to the I<rakatoa eruption

1941-42 eruption of Tavurvur volcano.Rabaul,Papua New Guinea.In:Johnson,R.W.(editor).Volcanismin AustralasiaFisher.N.H.Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co., AmsterdamPP201-210 (1976),.. RabaulThe 1941-42 Tavurvur eruption is described in detail

The 1951 eruption of Mount Lamington.PapuaTaylor,G.A.Bur~au of Mineral Resources,Australia.Bulletin38...P52 (1958)* HsbaulN.H.Fisher discusses the dust deposits formed during the 1937 and 1941-42 Rabaul eruptionsDespatch reporting visit to various places in the north-eastern and eastern portions of thePossessionWinter.F.P.Annual Report on British New Guinea 1894-1895Appendix G,PPI0-14 (1896)* Earthquake * TsunamiAn account is given of an earthquake and tsunami which affected southernPapua on 6 March 1895

Deutschlands I<olonien: ihre Gestaltung.Entwickelung und Hilfsquellen.Band 2:West-Afrika undSuedseeSchmidt,R.Alfred Schall.BerlinPP318-323,350,354.374-377 (1895)* Manam * Bam * Ri ttel' * Bismarck Arc * Raba"ll * German 4 Bouga inv ille IslandManam,Bam and Ritter are described as being active. The Rabaul'volcanoesare described and Bougainville Island is said to contain many volcanoes.Part translation

British New Guinea:country and peopleMacgregor,W.John Murray,LondonPP9-11 (1897)* Eastern Papua Mainland * Mount VictoryA brief account is given of Mount Victory and its activity

Papua or British New GuineaMurray,J.H.P.T.Fisher Unwin.LondonP37 (1912)• Eastern Papua Mainland * Mount VictoryA brief account is given of Mount Victory and its activity

The Gazelle Peninsula.New Britain,earthquake of January 14,1941Fisher,N.H.Seismological Society of America,Bulletin34(1).1-12 (1944)• Earthquake 4 TsunamiA detailed description is given of a severe earthquake felt in east NewBritain on 14 Januarv 1941

Resultate der Regenmessungen im Jahre 1906

A- 7.... ~-AGPS-..

Page 98: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

and tsunami whichSeptember 1906.No

C00612

C00613

C00614

C00615

C00616

C00617

D~nckelman,A.vonMltteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten20(4),231-238 (1907)4 Earthguake 4 Tsunami 4 GermanA detailed description is ~iven of a severe earthquakeaffected the New Guinea mainland and New Britain on 15translation

Die vulkanischen Erscheinungen der ErdeSchne ider , 1< •Gebrueder Borntraeger,BerlinPP163-186 (1911)4 Bouga inv i lle Island 4 Rabaul >I. Bismarck Arc 4 German 4 Bagana 4 Ri tter 4 «arkar 4 Manam 4 Lang i la 4 BamusA brief description is given of most of the main volcanoes of New Guineatogether with a summary of their activity.Data are compiled from Hammer,Ribbe,Pfeil and Sapper.No translation.

Pacific Islands Pilot.Volume I.Western Groups.Third editionAnonymousUnited States Government Printing Office,WashingtonPP510,567-569,589 (1928)4 Rabaul 4 Bougainville Island 4 Tsunami 4 Bismarck Arc 4 Bagana 4 Balbi 4 Lolobau 4 Bamus 4 UlawunThe Rabaul volcanoes are briefly described,and tsunamis in February 1878and March 1888 mentioned.Bagana,Balbi ,Lolobau Island,Bamus and Ulawunare listed as active volcanoes

New Britain districtBrown,G.Weekly Advocate3 August (1878)4 RabaulThe most detailed published account by Brown of the 1878 Rabauleruption,which confirms the account gIven in his unpublished diaries

Visits to the eastern and north-eastern coasts of New Guinea.In:Further correspondencerespecting New Guinea,the New Hebrides,and other islands of the PacificPowell,W.Colonial Office,Londo~No19.PP13-19 (1884)4 Bismarck Arc 4 Rabaul 4 Ulawun 4 Bamus 4 Lolobau 4 Ritter 4 Long Island. I<arkar 4 Langila • BamA short account is given of the Bismarck Arc and Rabaul volcanoes. Thetext is the same as that published under the same title in theProceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record ofGeography ,5. 1883

Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer amtlichen Forschungsreise nach dem Bismarck-Archipel im Jahre1908.II.Beitraege zur Voelker-und Sprachenkunde von Deutsch-NeuguineaFriederici .G.Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen SchutzgebietenErgaenzungsheft Nr.5,PP21-26 (1912)• Bismarck Arc 4 Ritter 4 Langila • Manam 4 Tsunami. Earthquake 4 GermanRitter and Lan~ila are described and their activity summarised.Manam andLangila are said to have been inactive for some time.A summary is givenof major tsunamis felt in the New Guinea region.Part translation

What did the eruption mean?In:Lieber.M.D.(editor).Exiles and migrants in OceaniaSchwimmer,E.G.University Press of Hawai i ,Honolulu. Monograph5,296-341 (1977)• Eastern Papua Ma inland 4 Mount I .~".' ngton

B - 7 _AGPS __•

Page 99: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00618

C00619

C00620

C00621

C00622

C00623

C00624

C00625

Native legends Suggest a possible pre-1951 eruption ot Mount Lamington

Volcanic phenomena during the months of July,August and Sept~mber 1937Stehn.C.Netherlands Indies Volcanological Survey,Bulletin81.67-76 (lq37)* RabaulA note by Stehn regarding his trip to Rabaul bet~een July und October1937.following the Hay eruption

The geology of PapuaStanley,E.R.Albert J.Mullett.Governmenl Printer.MelbourneP34 (1923)* Eastern Papua Mainland * Mount Lamington * Mount VictoryMount Victory is said to be the only active volcano in Papua

Australians in action in New GuineaReeves. L. C•Australasian News Company,SydneyPP50-51 (1915)* Rabaul * EarthquakeA brief description is given of the Rabaul volcanoes. An earthquake Felton 19 October 1914 is described

Unt i tIed letterBemmelen,R.W.vanUnpublished personal letterP1 (1982)* Eastern Pa~ua Mainland * Mount LamingtonA letter to R.W.Johnson in which the author states that he believes thatit wae Dr.Stehn who told him that Hount Lamington was an active volcano

·New Britain and the adjacent islandsPowell.W.Nautical Magazine and Naval Chronicle54,697-710 (1885)* RabaulThe 1878 RabauI eruption is described in detail. The same account appearsin the Journal of the Society of Arts.1885

Untitled reportMackay,A.C.Unpublished company reportPPl-4 (1931)* RabaulAn extract of a report to L.W.Ryan describing the sulphur deposits onTavurvur

Untitled reportBlackiA.T.Unpub ished company reportPP1-S (1931)* Lolobau • Bismarck Arc. Pago • Willaumez PeninsulaA report to the Pacific Sulphur Syndicate regarding the sUlphur depositson Lolobau Island.Pago and the thermal field near Talasea are mentioned.Pago is said to be active and noisy

New Guinea Sulphur SYndicate.Interim reportBlack.A.T.

c- 7_AGPS ..._.

Page 100: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00626

C00627

C00628

C00629

C00630

C00631

C00632

Unpublished company reportPPl-4 (1931)... Pago ... Bismarck ArcA report to the New Guinea Sulphur Syndicate regarding SUlphur depositson Pago.The volcano is said to roar and blo~ and occassionally belchblack masses of dense smoke and hot fumes

Untitled reportBlack,A.T.Unpublished company reportPPl-3 (1931)... Pago ... Bismarck ArcA report to the New Guinea Sulphur Syndicate regarding SUlphur depositson Pago.The volcano is said to continuously emit steam and occassionalydense smoke which shows reflections of internal fire

Aus allen Erdtheilen.AustralienAnonymousGlobus34(1),79-80 (1878)... Rabaul ... GermanAn account is given of the 1878 Rabaul eruption based on that given byHernsheim in the Annalen der Hydrographie und Marltimen Meteorologie,1878.Part translation

Segelanweisung fuer die Blanche-Bai und den Hafen von MatupiMerten, J<orvetten-I(ap i taenAnnalen der HYdrographie und Maritimen Heteorologie26,291-294 (1898)... Rabaul ... GermanVulcan Island is briefly described.It is said to contain a lagoon ofwarm sulphurous water.Part translation

New-GuineaWolff,vonAus der Natur:Zeitschrift fuer alle Natur-Freunde7(3),66-70 (1911)... Eastern Papua Mainland ... Mount Victory'" Bismarck Arc ... Rabaul ... German ... =arthquake ... Tsunami ... Manam ... I<arkar ...RitterMount Victory,the Bismarck Arc and Rabaul volcanoes are brieflymentioned.The occurrence of earthquakes and tsunamis in the New Guinearegion is also mentioned.No translation

Zwei Jahre in den deutschen Besitzungen auf Neu-GuineaHindorf.R.Jahresbericht der Geograohischen Gesellschaft zu Greifswald5,114-123 (1890) .... Bismarck Arc ... Manam ... Ritter ... German ... BamManan,Bam and Ritter and their activity are briefly mentioned.Notranslation

Zu den AntipodenFromholz,H.M.Driesner.BerlinPP20-25 (1903)... Bismarck Arc ... Manam ... I<arkar ... Rabaul ... GermanManam,l<arkar and the Rabaul volcanoes are mentioned.No translation

Zur Geographie des Schutzgebietes von Deutsch-Neu-GuineaHahl.A.

D- 7.... ~.... ~ ~-AGPS--..

Page 101: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00633

C00634

C00635

C00636

C00637

C00638

C00639

Jahresbericht des Wuerttembergischen Vereins fuer Handelsgeographie und Foerderung DeutscherInteressen Im AuslandePP20-23,56-75 (1905)* Bismarck Arc * Rabaul * Bougainville Island * Ulawun * Bamus * Bagana * GermanThe New Brltain,Rabaul and Bougainville Island volcanoes are mentioned.Ulawun is said to have been active in 1895.No translation

Ueber die Entwickelung von NeuguineaHahl,A.Jahrbuch ueber die Oeutschen I<olon ien5,160-180 (1912)* Bismarck Arc * Bougainville Island * Langila * German * BamusThe new Britain and Bougainville Island volcanoes are mentloned.Langila(?)is named Nanala.No translation

Mit S.M.S."Elizabeth" in der SuedseeGronemann.B.Deutsche I<olon Ialze i tung2(6),149-155 (1885)* Rabaul * GermanThe 1878 Rabaul eruption is mentioned '3n.l oresent volcanic activitysummarised.Matupi Island is said to have ueen formed by past volcanicactivity.No translation

Von den Salomo-InselnSeidel.H.Deutsche I<olon ialze i tungPP13-15 (1902)* Bougainville Island * Balbi * Bagana * GermanBalbi and Bagana are mentioned.Bagana is said to have been active in1884.No translation

Reise S.M.S."Elizabeth".I<ommandant l<apt.z.See Schering,von Sydney nach Matupi ,sowie Fahrten undhydrograph ische Beobachtungen auf d i esem Sch iffe und S. M.I<nbt. "Hyaene"anden I<uesten von Neu-Britannien.Neu-Irland und Neu-GuineaEickstedt. von .I<ap i taen-Leutnant Langemak •I(orvetten-Kap i taenAnnalen der Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie13,197-205 (1865)* Bismarck Arc * Ritter * Ulawun * Bamus * GermanRitter.Ulawun and Bamus are briefly described.Ritter is said to be asingle pointed cone.No activity is mention~d.Part translation

oie Exped i t ion S. M. S. "Gazelle". Xll. Hydrograph ische Be i tracge fuer den westl ichen The il dessuedlichen Stillen OceansSchleinitz,G.E.G.vonAnnalen der Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie4,399-404 (1876)* Rabaul * GermanRabaul and its volcanoes are described in detail.A chart of the harbourshows a reef in the position of the future Vulcan Island.No translation

Aus den Rei seberi chten S .M. S. "Ar iadne" .I<orv. -I<apt. v. WernerWerner. von ,I<orvetten-I<ap itsenAnnalen der Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie7.275-286 (1879)* Rabaul * GermanThe formation of Vulcan Island during the 1878 eruption in Rabaul isdescribed. No translation

FOI'schungen an der Nordkueste von New-Guinea

E- 7-AGPS-_~

Page 102: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00640

C00641

C00642

C00643

C00644

C00645

Finsch.O.Annalen der Hydrographie und Marltimen Meteorologie14,23-26 (1886)* Bismarck Arc * Manam * Bam * GermanBam and Manam were observed during May 1885.The latter was said to beemitting smoke.No activity was reported from Bam.The article summarisesthat appearlnQ In Nachrichten ueber I<aiser WIlhelms-Land und denBismarck-Archlpel.1885.No translation

Bemerkungen ueber Stroemungen auf elner Relse des Hamburgischen Schiffes "Peter Godeffroy" vondel" Fljl-Gruppe nach Duke of York-InselWendt,H.W.Annalen del" Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie7.307-310 (1879) .* Rabaul * German * Pumice raftsThe 1878 Rabaul eruption is mentloned.Pumice rafts were seen in thenorthern Solomons and off the New Britain and New Ireland coasts.Notranslation

Hydrographlsches aus dem Neu-Guinea-SchutzgebietFofs I<orvetten-I<apitaenAnnaien del" Hydrographie und Marltlmen Meteorologle19~473-478 (1891)* Kabaul * GermanRabaul and the Rabaul volcanoes and ',ne i I" act i vIty are descr ibed. NotranslationDie Segelroute von Sydney nach d~r Blanche-Ba I und dem Nusa-Fahrwasser.nebst I<uestenbeschreibungvon Neu-Pommern.vom I<ap Gazelle ols zur Tallli-Bai.der West-undNordkueste von Neu-Mecklenburg und von Neu-LauenburgHernshelm.E.Annalen del" Hydrograph ie und 11ar It imen Meteorolog ie22,403-415 (1894)* Rabaul * Bougainville Island * Balbl * GermanThe Rabaul volcan"es are descr Ibed In deta i1 and the 1878 erupt Ionmentloned.Balbi a1d other active volcanoes on Bougalnvllle Island arealso mentloned.No translation

Geographlsche und ethnographlsche BeobachtunQen auf Neu-Gulnea.dem Neu-Britannla-und Salomons­Archll?el,angestellt auf S.M.S."Gazelle" bei Ihrer Reise um die Erde1874-76Schlelnltz,G.E.G.vonZeltschrift del" Gesellschaft fuel" Erdkunde zu Berlin12.230-266 (1877)* Rabaul * Bougalnvllle Island * GermanThe Rabaul volcanoes and an active volcano on Bougainville Island arebriefly mentloned.No translation

Das I<reuz unter den Palmen.Dle Rhelnlsche Mission in Neu-Gulneal<riele.E.MIsslonshauses.BarmenP81 (1927)* Bismarck Arc * I<al"kar * GermanThe erupt Ion on I<arkar duI" Ing June 1895 Is br Iefly descr ibed. Notranslation

Vom I<a Isel" WIlhelms-Land ul,d Bismarck -Arch ipelFinsch.O.Deutsche I<olon Ialze i tung3 •11-18 ( 1886 )

F- 7 _AGPS __d

Page 103: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00646

C00647

C00648

C00649

C00650

C00651

C00652

... Bismarck Arc'" Bam ... Manam ... GermanBam and Manam were observed during May 1885.The latter volcano was saidto be emitting smoke.No activity was reported from Bam.The article Isreprinted from Nachrichten ueber I<alser Wllhelms-Land und den Blsmarck­Archipel.1885.Part translation

Vom I<alser Wilhelms-Land und Bismarck-ArchlpelFlnsch,O.Deutsche I<olon ialze Itung2,701-703 (1885)... Bismarck Arc'" Long Island'" Rltter ... GermanLong Island and Ritter Island are briefly described.No activity Isreported. The art Icle is repr inted from Nachr ichten ueber I<a Iser Wi lhelms-Land und den BIsmarck-Archipel,1885.Part translation

Suedsee-ErlnnerungenEbert,P.R.J.Roehler,LeipzigPP12-13 16,19-20,52,63-64.188 (1924)... Rabaui ... Bismarck Arc'" Ritter ... Manam ... GermanThe Rabaul volcanoes,Ritter and Manam are described an( their pastactiVity noted.No translation

Unter den I<ann Ibalen der SuedseeBurger,F.Deutsche Buchwerkstaetten.DresdenPP88-98 (1923)... riabaul ... GermanThe Rabaul volcanoes are described In detail and their past activity Isoutlined.No translation

Deut.sch-Neuguinea elne Perle der SuedseeFrommund.B.Dr Hartmann e Brandt,HamburgPP1-71 (1926)... Bismarck Arc ... I<arkar ... GermanAn erupt i on of Manam (wh ich the author In i stakes for I<arkar). as viewedfrom Potsdamhafen sometime during 1906, Is described. Part translation

Australien und Ozeanlen;dritte 7 enzlich neubearbeltete AuflageGeisler,W.Bibllographisches Institut.LelpzigPP300-321,330-332 (1930)... Bismarck Arc'" Rabaul ... Bougainville Island'" German'" Long Island'" I<arkar ... Manam ... Ritter ... Willaumez PeninsulaBamus ... Ulawun ... Lolobau ... Balbi ... BaganaThe Bismarck Arc,Rabaul and Bougalnville Island volcanoes are brieflydescribed and the activity of some noted.No translation

Eine Rundfahrt Im Bismarck-ArchipelFrings,A.Deutsche I<olon Ialze i tung21.425-427 (1904)... Bismarck Arc'" Langlla ... Ritter ... GermanLava and steam were seen coming from Langila on 30 July 1904.The 1888Rltter eruption Is briefly described.Part translation

Relse nach Siam,Java,Deutsch-Neu-Gulnea und AustralssienEisenstein,R.vonI<arl Gerolds Sohn. WIenPP85-105 (1904)

G- 7... ~~-AGPS---a

Page 104: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00653

C00654

C00655

C00656

C00657

C00658

C00659

* Earthquake * GermanEarthguakes felt on 28 January 1903 at I<okopo are mentioned.Parttranslation .Deutschland in der Suedgee.Reis~bilder aus dem Bismarck-ArchipelSarfert,E.Jahrbuch des staedtischen Museums fuer Voelkerkunde zu Leipzig5,44-63 (1913)* Rabaul * Bougainvllle Island * GermanThe Rabaul volcanoes are described and their past activity summarised.Active volcanoes on Bougainvllle Island are mentloned.Part translation

Earth tremorAnonymous'Government Gazette British Administration-German New Guinea1(3),2 (1914)* EarthquakeAn earthquake felt in Rabaul on 14 November 1914 is described

The earth tremorAnonymousGovernment Gazette British Administration-German New Guinea1(4), 2 (1914)• Earthquake * RabaulIln earthquake felt in Rabaul and on New Ireland on 14 November 1914 Isd~scribed.It caused a rock fall In Tavurvur crat~r

Ba,'king under extreme difficulties1<1 n~', V. C. S.Bank Notes19,4-9 (1937)* Rabl'ulA flrs~ hand account Is given of the May 1937 Rabaul eruption

Aus der ,Jlldn Is Neugu i neaSRoenn Ingl'r, H.Deutsche Buchwertstaetten,DresdenPP168-180 (1925)* Earthquake * GermanAn earthquake felt In the Seplk River area is mentioned.No date isgiven. Part translation

Das Schutzgebiet der Neu-Gulnea-Compagnie.In:Schweinitz,G.von,Beck,C.von,& Imberg,F.(editors).Deutschland und se ine J<olon ien Im Jahre 1896Danckelman,A.vonDietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen),BerlinPP176-187 (1897)* Bam * Rabaul * Bagana * German * Bougainville Isla~J * Bismarck ArcBam ,Bagana and the Rabaul volcanoes are 1. i sted as be ing act ive. Thelatter are briefly described.Part translation

Die Geologie der deutschen Schutzgebiete.In:Schweinitz,G.von,Beck,C.von & Imberg,F.(edltors).Deutschland und se Ine I<olon ien im Jahre 1896. Amtl icher Ber icht ueberdie erste deutsche J<olon ialausstellungStromer,E.Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen),BerlinP353 (1897)* Bagana * BouQainville Island * GermanBagana is mentioned as being active and is briefly described.Part~ranslation

1-1- 7...----------------------~;ii~-AGPS -IIIIIII&I

Page 105: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

unidentified New Guinea

C00660

C00661

C00662

C00663

C00664

C00665

C00666

C00667

m

Ritter's awake - aFter its 66-year sleepSackley,M.Po~t-Courler.Port Moresby7 November.PS (1974)... Ri tter ... Bismarck ArcRitter Island and Its past and present activity presented are described

Ueber den Bismarck-ArchipelDahl.F.Deutsche Zoologlsche Gesellschaft.LeipzigV~rhandlungen 7.PP204-210 (1697)... Rabaul ... GermanThe Rabaul volcanoes are briefly described and their activity summarisedNo translat ion

After erupt IonJones,A.S.Newcastle Morning Herald and Miners Advocate21 June.6 (1937)... RabaulA personal account is given of the May 1937 Rabaul eruption

Stricken countryJones.A.S.Newcastle Morning Herald and Miners Advocate22 June,S (1937)... RabaulA personal account Is given of the May 1937 Rabaul eruption

A journey to the SolomonsMayr,E.Natural History52(1).30-36 48 (1943)... Bougainviile Island * Balbi ... BaganaBagana is described as being active.Balbl Is mentioned but no activityis described

Saving the SolomonsDecker,C.F.(editor)Society for the Propagation of the Falth,BostonPP136-137 (1942)... Bougalnville Island * BaganaBagana is described as a steaming.l.ve volcano

Reise auf S.M.S. "Moewe"Wilda.J.Allgemelner Verein fuer Deutsche Litteratur.BerlinPP109-111 (1903)... Rabaul * GermanThe Rabaul volcanoes are briefly mentioned.No translation

Unter den WIlden der SuedseeEmmerich,F.Fr.Seybold's Verlagsbuchhandlun~.MuenchenPP52.124.167.237 (1923)... Bismarck Arc * GermanA fanciful account i~ given of eruptions ofvolcanoes. Part tra',slatlon

1- 7as - -AGPS __"

Page 106: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00668

CIJ0669

C00670

C00671

C00672

C00673

C00674

Despatch reporting visit of inspection to the north-east coastMacgregor.W.Annual Re~ort on British New Guinea 1893-1894Ap~endix F~PP30-37 (1894)* Eastern ~apua Mainland * Mount VictoryMount Victory was observed during April 1894.Ash was observed on thesummit area and numerous fumaroles were seen emitting vapour

Untitled reportMoreton.M.H.Annual Re~ort on British New Guinea 1893-1894Ap~endlx F.P37 (1894)* Eastern Papua Mainland * Mount VictoryAn attempt to climb Mount Victory during April 1894 is described

I<adovar volcano and invest igat ions of an outbreak of thermal act iv i ty In 1976. In: Johnson, R. W.(editor).Cooke-Ravian volume of volcanological papersWallace.D.A. Cooke,R.J.S. Dent.V.F. Norrls.D.J. Johnson,R.W.Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea.Memolr10.1-11 (1981)* Bismarck Arc * I<adovarDampier possibly saw I<~dovar in eruption In 1700.Thermal areas were saidto exist on the island one to two generations ago

Ba,~ v,,1~'8no:morphology,geology.and reported erupti ve hi story. In: Johnson,R. W. (edl tor) .Cooke­Ravian volume of volcanological papersCook~.~. Johnson.R.W.Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea.Memolr10.13-21 (1981)* Bismarck Arc * BamA summary is given of past eruptive history of Bam volcano. taken fromvarious historical sources

The time of darknessBlong.R.J.Australian National University Press,CanberraPPl-257 (1982)* Ri tter * Long Island * I<arkar * Manam * Bismarck Arc * HighlandsNative legends describing the effects of past volcanic eruptions on theNew Guinea highlands are related. Past historic activity from Bismarck

. Arc volcanccs i s rev i ewed .

Yomba Island:a real or mythical volcano.In:Johnson.R.W.(editor).Cooke-Ravian volume ofvolcanological papersMennis.M.R.Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea.Memoir10.95-99 (1981)* Yomba * Bismarck ArcYomba Island is described in stories of native people liVing in theMadang area and neighbourinQ offshore islands.It is said to have eruptedand sank about 8-10 generatIons ago

Taim bilong mastaNelson,H.Australian Broadcasting Commission.SydneyPP82-89 (1982)* Earthquake * Rabaul * HighlandsFirst hand accounts are given of a number of earthquakes including the1935 TOl"'r icell I earthquake. The highlands "Time of darkness" legends arementioned and several accounts are given of the 1937 Rabaul eruption

J - 7 _AGPS __..

Page 107: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

ificer

C00675

C00676

C00677

C00678

C00679

C00680

C00681

Die Vulkanausbrueche bei Rabaul im Mai/Juni 1937Willson,A.G.Der Seewart. Nautische ZeitschriPt9,332-333 (1937)• Rabaul • GermanA description is given of the 1937 Rabaul eruption by the Thirof the "Golden Bear".N" translation

Eruptive history of the volcano at Ritter Island.ln:Johnson.R,W.(editor),Cooke-Ravian volume ofvolcanological papersCooke,R.J.S.Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea,Memoir10,115-123 (1981J• Bismarck Arc. RitterA summary is given of Ritter Island activity ~s derived from varioushistorical sourcesLangila volcano:summary of reported eruptivt :listory.and eruption periodicity from 1961 to 1972.In:Johnson.R.W.(editorJ.Cooke-Ravian volume of volcanological papersPalfreyman,W.D. Wallace,D.A. Cooke,R.J.S,GeologIcal Survey of Papua New Guinea,Men,oir10,125-133 (1981)• Bismarck Arc. LangilaA summary is g iv,~n of Lang ila act iv ity der ived trom var ious hi stor icalsour-:esErupti ons at Pago volcano; 1911-1933 .In: Johnson, R. W. (edi t·)r). Cooke-Rav ian volume ofvolcanological papersCooke,R,J.S.Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea,Memoir10,135-146 (1981J• Bismarck Arc. PagoA summary is given of recent activity at Pago volcano as derived fromvarious historical sources

Notes on the activity of Ulawun vOlcanoi1700-1958:result~ of a literature search.In:Johnson,R,W.(editor),Cooke-Ravian volume of volcano ogical papersCooke,R.J.S.Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea.Memoir10,147-151 (1981J• Bismarck Arc. UlawunA summarv is given of the eruptive history of Ulawun volcano as derivedfrom various historical sources

Submarine volcanic eruptions in Papua New Guinea:1878 activity of Vulcan (Rabaul) and otherexamples,In:Johnson,R.W.(editor).Cooke-Ravian volume of volcanologicalpapersJohnson,R. Everingham,I.B. Cooke,R.J.S.Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea,Memoir10,167-179 (1981).. Bismarck Arc'" Rabaul '" Tsunami '" Earthquake. Admi ralty Islands. J<arkarA summary is given of submarine activity and associated tsunamis atRabaul,1878;Admiralty Islands.1930,1931,and pre-1942:and I<arkar Island,1944 .

Die Vulcanausbrueche bei Rabaul im Mai/Juni 1937He inhardt ,H.Der Seewart.Nautische Zeitschrift9,333-334 (1937)

1< - 7... , ~-AGPS-.-I

Page 108: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00682

C00683

C00684

C0068S

CC0686

C00687

C00688

* Rabaul * GermanA brief note Is given on the 1937 Rabaul eruptlon.No translation

Diary of Miss J.Tinney of the Methodist Mission, British New Guinea.1892-1902Tinney,J.Unpublished diary extractPPl-8 (1902)* Tsunami * Earthquake * D'Entrecesteaux IslandsThe thermal areas ?n the D'Entrecasteaux Islands are described.Earthquakes wer'e felt on 12 November 1892,12 January 1893. S November1893,11 January 1894.6 March 1895 (with accompanying taunami),and 20February 1897Literature search for pre-1945 si~htings of volcanoes and their activity on Bougainville Island.In:Johnson.R.W.(editor).Cooke-Ravlan volume of volcanological papersBultitude,R.J.Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea,Memoir10,227-242 (1981)* Bougainville Island * Bagana * BalbiA compilation is given of pre-194S sightings of activity from Balbi andBagsna.Taken from various historical sources

Young volcanoes in eastern Papua.In:Johnson.R.W.(editor).Cooke-Ravian volume of volcanologicalpapersSmith.I.E.M.Geolvgical Survey of Papua New Guinea,Memoir10.257-265 (1981)* Eastern Papua Mainland * Mount Lamington * Mount Victory * GoropuAn account of the active and potentially active volcanoes of mainlandPapua

Long Island.Papua New Guinea: introductionSpecht.J. Ball,E.E. Blong,R.J. Egloff,B.L. Hughes,I.M.,6 othersAustralian Museum ,Records34(6),407-417 ,1982)* Bismarck Arc * Long IslandA summary is given of the exploration of and past activity from LongIsland

Rabaul volcanic eruption-29th May.1937Clarke,G.A.BeeP's Staff Bulletin, Territory of Papua New Guinea2(1),1-5 (1960)* RabaulMr G.A.Clarke,Purser on board the 'Montoro' ,recalls his involvement inthe evacuation of Rabaul during the 1937 eruption. The 't1ontoro'took onboard thousands of people from the beach at Nodup.and took them toJ<okopo. south of' Rabaul

Rabaul eruption-May 29th,1937Mason.E.C.Extract from unpublished diaryPPl-2 (1982)* RabaulMrs Mason summarises her experiences during the 1937 eruption. Sheevacuated from Rabaul by car along the north coast road and reachedI<erevat

Lateiki reminds him of VulcanHether ington .1< .

L- 7.....--------.....------------ria-AGPS - ....

Page 109: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00689

C00690

C00691

C00692

C00693

C00694

Pacific Islands Monthly51(1).5 (1980)'" RabaulShort letter to Pacific Islands Monthly recalling the May 1937 eruptionat Rabaul

When doomsday came to RabaulYeates,D.M.Pacific Islands Monthly46(5) .40 (1975)'" RabaulBrief description of the 1937 Rabaul eruption together with twophotographs of lightning effects and town evacuation scene,supplied byMrs D.M.Yeates of Brisbane

Untided letterMearesIC.D.Unpublished letterPP1-3 (1980)'" RabaulMr Clive Meares recalls his experiences in Ranaul during the 1937eruption. He viewed>the activity from Namanula Hill,and was drafted incharge of transport during the evacuation of Rabaul

Interviews with Mr W.B. Ryan. 31 Dec.1980,7 Jan.1981Ryan,W.B.Unpublished record of interviewPP1-5 (1980)'" RabaulThese are rough notes made by R.W.Johnson durin~ interviews with Mr Ryanin Canberra. Mr Ryan was an employee of Burn,Ph,lp End Company and wasin Rabaul during the 1937 eruption

A brief summary of our experiences during the volcanic eruption in the harbour of h~baul,Territory of New Guinea,on May 29th.1937Olsen,E.M.Unpublished account of voyage 22 of S.S.Golden Bear.Matson Navigation CompanyPP1-15 (1937)'" R'llbaulThis is a ~arefully worded and detailed report by the captain of theS.S.Golden Bear,which escaped out of the harbour at Rabaul.and laterassisted with the evacuation of people at Nodup,during the 1937 eruption

Untitled letterWalker.M.UnpUblished personal letterPP1-6 (1937)'" RabaulMrs Melville Walker describes her wedding ceremony on 29 May 1937 whenshe married the late Rev.J.Trevitt.and when the eruption of Vulcan tookplace. Later in the day she reached Vunairima after an eventful tripfrom I<abakada. See also the indivdual accounts of Hazel and Albert Jones

UntitledJones.H.L.Unpublished letterPP1-6 (1937)'" RllbaulMrs Hazel Jones documents her experiences during the 1937 Rabauleruption. She was at I<abakada on the north coast for the wedding

M- 7________________________(!ij_AGPS_....

Page 110: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00695

C00696

C00697

C00698

C00699

C00700

reception of ~er friend Melville Chasling.and she details how thereception had to be abandoned and how guests attempted to reachVunalrima farther west

An account of the Rabaul eruptionField,A.Unpublished personal accountPP1-2 (1937)... RabaulThis is a short description of Mr Adrian Field's experiences during the1937 Rabaul eruption. He assisted with evacuation at Nodup. Mrs GladysForsyth is his sister

Unt i tIed reportAnthony.A.Unpublished personal accountPP1-8 (1937)... RabaulMrs Amy Anthony and her husband were in Rabaul during the 1937 eruption.She recalls their experiences during the eruption.the evacuation fromNodup.and whi le bi lleted near I(okopo

Untitled diaryAnderson.A.E.Extract from personal diaryPP4-6 (1924)... Pago'" Bismarck ArcMrs Anderson records two visits to the Witori Caldera,Cape Hoskins area.on the north ~oast of New Britain.and expecially to see the volcanoPago. She describes the difficulties of one party in traversin~ a lavaflow that had been extruded during a period of activity beginning in1911

Memoirs of RabaulForsyth.G.Extract from unpublished journalPP7-13 (1937)... RebaulMrs Gladys Forsyth recounts her experiences during the 1937 Rabauleruption and aftermath. She and her babr were evacuated From Nodup toVunapope and were for about ten days bi leted at a plantation beForereturning to Rabaul

U,lt i tIedHilder,B.Unpublished lettersPP1-3 (1980)... RabaulCaptain Hilder elaborates on his experiences in Rabaul during the 1937eruption. and lists Spanish references to voyages during which volcanoeshave been observed

Extract from the Journal. of Lieutenant Brett Hilder.R.A.N.R.(S)Hilder,B.Unpublished extractPP1-6 (1937)... RabaulDetails in this extract form the basis of a chapter on the 1937 Rabauleruption in Captain Hilder's book 'Navigator in the South Seas'(1961)

N- 7...._, ~-AGPS-....

Page 111: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Rabaul during therelieF to thethe diFFiculties

c00701

c00702

c00703

c00704

COO705

c00706

c00707

......-Rabaul menaced by volcanoesAnonymousSrdney Morning Herald3 May.9 (1937)... RabaulA detailed newspaper report provides early neWS to Australian readers ofthe May 1937 eruptions at Rabaul and the efFects on the town

Rain of ashes on RabaulAnonymousSydney Morning Herald1 June.P1 (1937)... RabaulA newspaper report provides details of the eFFects toMay 1937 eruption,and mea~ures being taken to providetown.District OFFICEr Waugh's appeaL For ouppli~s.andin maintaining radio contact. are also mentioned

Vessel struggles out of RabaulAnonymousSydney Morning Herald3 June.11 (1937)... Rabaul ... Ulawun ... Bismarck ArcReP9rts on the aFtermath of the 1937 Rabcl.ll erupt ions are given. Theyinclude a report From the Administrator.and an article on Mrs Bignel.manageress of the Rabaul Hotel. Ulawun is described as being the 'saFetyvalve'For Rabaul

Rabaul eruptions now dying downAnonymo'.JsSydney Morning Herald4 June.11 (1937).. RabaulSeveral reports on aspects of the May-June 1937 eruptions at Rabaul sregiven in this newspaper. They inclUde details about inspections of theharbour. and conFirmation that a Sydney man died in the eruption

Volcanoes. less danger in RabaulAnonymousSydney Morning Herald5 June.17 (1937).. RabaulA newspaper article details the conFlicts over whether Rabaul should bereoccupied so soon aFter the May-June 1937 eruptions

Hundreds of natives killed in RabaulAnonymousSydney Morning Herald7 June.9 (1937>.. RabaulA de'ca i led report is 9i ven of the eFFects of the 1937 erupt ions onRabaul town. It includes short narratives of personal experiences duringthe eruptions

Future of RabaulAnonymousSydney Morning Herald9 June.1S (1937).. RabaulConflicts over the suggestion that Rabaul should be reoccupied. Following

I

A- 8-.-1aBIII ~-AGPS~..

Page 112: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00708

C00709

C00710

C00711

C00712

C00713

C00714

its evacuation dur:ng the 1937 eruptions,are reported in a newspaperarticle

Plight of refugeesAnonymousSun ,Sydney31 MaY,l (1937)... RabaulRel ief measures be ing undet-.aken for Rabaul evacue:~s at I<okopo follow i ngthe May 1937 erupt ions, are reported in a newspaper article

When the earth·fires wakeAnonymousSun ,Sydney2 June,10 (1937)... RabaulShort editorial dealing with volcanism in the southwest Pacific regionfollowing the 1937 eruptions at Rabaul

Damage by eruption assessed at 35,000 poundsAnonymousSun ,Sydney4 June,ll (1937)... Rabaul ... RabaulA Sydney newspaper report deals with damage costs and relief measures inRabaul following the 1937 eruption. Other reports on same page include atribute to a European victim of the eruption,W.W.Elsworthy,and a reportfrom the 'Malaita'on her way to I<okopo with relief supplies

Untitled reportBurgess,H.E.Mittagong StarPl (1937)... RabaulHarold Burgess recalls his experiences during the 1937 Rabaul eruption

Volcano and earthquake. The Rabaul disasterLewis,F.G.The Methodist(Sydney31 July (1937)... RabaulMethodist Chairman Frank Lewis reports on church losses caused by the1937 Rabaul eruptions,especially in those villages close to Vulcan

On the north coastAnonymousRabaul Times636,2-3 (1937)... RabaulThis newspaper article,possible written by the Editor.G.Thomas.detailsthe plight of refugees on the 'northcoast northwest of Rabaul,followingthe torrential r'ains that accompanied the May 1937 eruption of Vulcan

Circular despatchesMcNicoU,W.R.Public noticeNos 1-6.PPl-3 (1937)... RabaulMcNicoll,Administrator of the Territory of New Guinea in 1937,issueddispatches during the days after May-June eruptions at Rabaul to the

B- 8... ~-AGPS-....

Page 113: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00715

C00716

10717

C00718

C00719

C00720

C00721

townspeople,provlding them with up-to-date informa'tion on the stepsbeing taken by the Administration in re-establishipg normal operationsin RabaulOne hundred years in the islands. The Methodist/United Church in the New Guinea Islands Region.1875-1975Threlfall,N.Toksave na Buk Dipatmen.The United Church, New Guinea !slsnds Region,RabaulPP43,123-125 (1981).. Rabaul .. EarthquakeThis history of the Methodist Church in the New Britain area includesbrief mention of the 1878 and 1937 eruptions at Rabaul.the 1941-42eruptions of Tavvrvur.and the January 1941 earthquake at Rabaul

RabaulAnonymousSydney Mail9 June,5,22-35 (1937).. RabaulThis article on the May 1937 eruptions at Rabaul is well illustratedwith an impressive series of photographs but the text contains manyfactual errors. Rabalanakaia is misidentlfied as Tavurvur(Matupi) on aperspective diagram of the harbour area

The New Guinea earthquakeAnonymousRoyal Em~ire Society,JournalJanuary,55 (1932).. EarthquakeA severe earthq'Jake felt in Jl: tape on 9 Augllst 1931 is descr ibed. Theaccount is copi d in the Rabaul Times 24 Ma-ch 1932

Unt itIed accoun':Burua,A.G.Unpub1 ish'J!d sche-ol compos i t ionPP1·2 (1937).. RabaulA short account of a native boy's experiences during the 1937 Rabauleruptions

Entdeckungsgeschichte von Neu-Guinea bis 1828Wichmann.A.Nova Guinea1.1-387 (1909).. German .. Barn *' Manam *' J<arkar *' Ritter *' Bismarck ArcA comprehensive account is given of exploration in New Guinea until 1828Ac::ivity at Bam,Manam.l<arkar.and Ritter is mentioned. No translation

Entdeckungsgeschichte von Neu-Guinea 1828 bis 1885Wichmann,A.Nova Guinea2.1-369 (1910).. German *' Manam *' Bam .. lan~ilaA comprehensice account is given of exploration in New Guinea between1828 and l88S.Activity at Manam,Bam and Langila is mentioned. Notranslation

Entdeckungsgeschichte von Neu-Guinea 1885 bis 1902Wichmann,A.Nova Guinea

c- 8...----------.---....-;...-------~·ti~-AGPS- ..

Page 114: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00722

C00723

C00724

C00725

C00726

C00727

2.371-1026 (1912)... German ... Lang ila '" Ri tter '" I<arkar '" ManamA comprehensive account is given of exploration In New Guinea between1865 and 1902.Activity at Langila.Ritter,l<arkar and Manam is mentioned.No translation

El n deutsches 1<1" iegssch iff In del" SuedseeWerner.B.vonF.A.Brockhaus.LelpzigP440 (1889)... Rabaul ... GermanA brief description is given of the 1887 Vulcan Island eruption crater

Das meteorologische Beobachtungswesen in Deutsch-Neugulnea Im Jahre 1912Marquardsen,H.Mltteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten26,350-356 (1913)... Earthquake '" GermanA tabular listing is given of earthquakes felt in New Guinea during 1912

Ice Field,Sad Blizzard.(Translation of Japanese title)Nitto,J.Shincho-Sha~JapanPP56-114 (1':180)... Japanese ... RabaulThis Japanese novel contains a chapter entitled "Volcano group" that inF)art deals with Takashi I<izawa and his work at the Sulphur Creekvolcanological observatory in 1942-44.Part translation

Tolaln, Tapalau, Tomaret, Michael Towarunda, and other villagers of Latlat village v. theAdmlnlstr'ation of ~he Territory of Papua and New Guinea. In re. 'v'ulcanLandMinogue,J.Supreme Cour~ of Papua and New Guinea, Law ReportPP232-278 (196~)... RabaulJustice J.Minogue ha,'ded down this decision on the matter of ownershipof the new land create~ by the 1937 volcanic eruption at Vulcan. HI~decision was in favour ~~ the Administration but the land waseventUally handed back to the Tolai

Untitled letterSelby,D.M.Unpublished correspondencePPl-2 (1981)... RabaulThe author was a lieutent with the 2/22nd Battalion. Australian Impel'ialForce, in Rabaul during the 1941-2 period When Tavurvur volcano wasactive. Mr Selby summarises his observation of the activity in a letterto R.W.Johnson on 16 February 1961

Eduard Hernsheim. South Sea MerchantHernsheim,E.Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies, BorokoPP38-39.81.114-115 (1983)... Rabaul ... Pumice raftsHernsheim's memoirs are here translated Into English by P.Sack and D.Clark. They deal in part with the aftereffects of the 1876 volcaniceruptions at Rabaul, and of his fears in 1891 that Tavurvur might breakout again and affect his home on Matpit Island

D- 8... ~_;.... ~-AGPS-..

Page 115: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00726

C00729

C00730

C00731

C00732

C00733

Yield not to the windClarence,M.Management Development PUDljsh~rs Pty Ltd, SydneyPP69-96 (1962)* RabaulThe author is the daughter of Mrs I<athleen Bi~nell who ran the RabaulHotel in 1937. Chapter II is entitled "Rabaul and deal9 with MrsBignel's experiences during the 1937 volcanic eruptions at Vulcan andTavurvur

Untitled reportsAustralian ArchivesTerritories BranchiCorrepondence File, Multi-Number SerieslClasses Relating to ExternalTerritories:"New Guinea Volcanic Disturbance-Rabaul-May 1937".1937-1936,Australian ArchivesCRS AS16 item,V.636/4.PPl-26 (1937)* RabaulFile contains many items dealing with the 1937 Rabaul eruption, including:telegrams from Wanliso,Phillips,and McNicoll to Canberraisituationreport by PhillipsiRadio Roundsman text;letters between McNicoll andPearce

Untitled reportsAustralian ArchivesTeritories Bran~'iCorresp'.ldenceFile, Multi-Number SeriesiClasses Relating to ExternalTerritories:"New uuinea.Volcanic eruption.Cilento Report".1937,AustraliaArchivesCRS AS16 item,X.636/4.PPl-6 (1937)* RabaulFile consists mainly of the medical report of the 1937 Rabaul eruption(see Cilento.R.1937),but also contains:personal letter from McNicoll toSir George Pearceiletter from Rector of Rabaul to McNicoll;letter fromOr H.Champion Hoskins to McNicoll

Unpublished reportAustralian ArchivesTerritories BranchiCorr pondence File, Multi-Number Series,1926-1956,"New Guinea VulcanolcJicalInvestigations (Stehn 6 Woolnough)".1936,Australian ArchivesCRS AS16 item,Y636/4.PP1-2 (1938)* RabaulFiles contains volcanological report of the 1937 Rabaul eruption (seeStehn 6 Woolnough.1937).as well as an article from the Rabaul Times sentto Canberra with a covering letter from H.Page

Unt itIed corr'espondenceAus':;"ali an Arch ivesT.=rritories BranchiCorrepondence File, Multi-Number Series,l926-1956,"New C"uinea Miscellaneou~.Volcani c Erupt i on 1937, Clai ms for Assi stance." 1n7-1936 ,Australi anArchivesCRS AS16 item,Z636/4.Part 1.PP1-11 (1937)* RabaulMrs L.Miller.Mr G.Furter,~nd Mrs T.Wallace made claims for assistanceafter the 1937 RabalJI eruption.Correspondence dealing with these claimsare contained in the file

Untitled correspondenceAustralian ArchivesTerritories BranchiCorrepondence Files,Multi-Number Series,1926-1956."New Guinea Miscellaneous.Volcanic Eruption 1937,Claims for Assistance".1937-1938.Australian

E- 8_________________________~-AGF'S-....

Page 116: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00734

C0073S

C00736

C00737

C00738

ArchivesCRS AS18 Item,ZR36/4.Part 2.PP1-4 (1938)... RabaulFile contains general correspondence on eruption-dam~ge claims, includinga letter dated 19 Apr i 1 1948, from Mrs J. Wallaceiand a- breal( -down of thecost of the eruption at R~ -aul to the Commonwea th and New GuineaAdministration

PreSs reportAustralian ArchivesDepartment of Terrltorles,1928-1941.Correspondence Files,Multi-Number Series,191~·1960,Australian ArchivesCRS AS18 item,AA836/4.Part 1.P1 (1938)... RabaulA press article from the Rabaul Times of 25 february 1938 dealing withthe committee set up to determine the suitability of Rabaul as acapital,is included in this file

Untitled reportsAustralian ArchivesTerritories BranchlCorrespondence FilerMulti-Number Serlesj Classes Relating to ExternalTerritories: "New Guinea Volcanic Eruptlon,Visit of' Stehn,Cllento,&Woolnough" .1937-1938, Allstral i an Arch i vesCRS AS18 item A.B.836/4/PP1-8 (1937)'" RabaulFile contains copies of,an official request to Batavia f~" the serVicesof Dutch volcanologist St~hnlvarlous press reports on t~ vGlcanolo~icQlinvestiQation of the eruption and oP the possible replacement of Raoaulas Territory capital

Untitled reportsAustralian ArchivesDepartment of Territories,1918-1941.Correspvndenc& ~lles,Multi-Nurr~erSeries,1918-1960,Australian ArchivesCRS AS18 item,AG836/4.Part 1.PP1-2 (1937)'" RabaulReports from the Volcanological Observatory 'n Rabaul for the periodMarch 1938 to October 1939.are given in thiS file,together with otherI tems such as press items and a Publ i c Not i';e concern ing the Stehn andWoolnough report of the 1937 eruption

Untltled reportsAustralian ArchivesDepartment of Territorles,1918-1941.Correspondence FIles.Multi-N~mberSeries,191n-1960,Australian ArchivesCRS AS16 item,AG836/4.Part 3.P1 (1941)'" RabaulReports from the Volcanological Observatory in Rabaul for the periodFebuary 1941 to January 1942 and from 1950 onwards are given in thisfile

Untitled reportsAustralian ArchivesTerritories BranchlCorrespondence File;Multi-Number SerieslClasses Relating to ExternalTerritories: "New Guinea,Miscellaneous. Vulcanological Observatory. Part1". 1938-1939,Australian ArchivesCRS AS18 item,A.H.836/4.Part 1 PP1-1 (1938)'" RabaulFile contains general correspondence from the Volcanological Observatoryin Rabaul, including folios dealing with N.H.Fisher's appointment and

F - 8... ..-_, ~-AGPS-...

Page 117: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00739

C00740

C00741

C00742

C00743

C00744

visit to Java.wlth the settlna up of the Observatory,and with Pr9fessorCotton's recommendation of S•.Carey for th~ position of volcanologist

Untltled reportsAustralian ArchivesTerritories Branch,Correspondence File,Multl-Number Series;Classes Relating to ExternalTerritorles:"New Gulnea.Mlscellaneous. Vulcanological Observatory. Part2". 1938-1942.Australian ArchivesCRS AS18 item.A.H.836/4.Part 2.PPI-7 (1939)* RabaulThis file continues with Qeneral correspondence from the VolcanolglcalObservatory in Rabaul.It Includes press cuttlngs about the setting upand instrumentation of the Observatory and a letter from N.H.Fisherconcerning his transfer from Wau to Rabaul

Untitled correspondenceAustralian ArchivesOepartment of Territorlcs.1928-1941.Correspondence FIles.Multl-Number Series.1918-1960.Australian ArchivesCRS AS18 item.A.H.836/4.Part 3.PPI-6 (1942)* RabaulThis third general correspondence file for the VolcanologicalObservatory In Rabaul Includes. folios dealing with the search by theAustralian Authorities for Japanese volcanologist T.I(izawa at the end ofthe Second World War

Volcanic eruption of 1878TomarahUnpublished typescriptPP1-2 (1878)* RabaulTomarah. a Tolai of Matupit Island. was interviewed concerning hisrememberances of the 1878 volcanic eruptions in Rabaul. The date of theinterview is unknown. but was probably pre-1942.The interviewer Is alsounknown. but was probably a long-time resident of Rabaul. possibly withthe New Guinea Administration

Town in a volcanoMeares.C.DEnemelay. Review for National Mutual Staff. Melbourne14(4).12-13 (1968)* RabaulThis is a published version of the first part of an account of theauthor's experiences during the 1937 Rabaul eruption (see Meares,C.D.Nodate). The second part. however. was never pUblished

Bankers in the blackouts1(lng.V.C.SRabaul Times635.3 (1937)* RabaulA first hand account is giJen of the May 1937 Rabaul eruption.Reprintedfrom Bank Notes.June 1937

RehabilitationThoma51.G.Rabaul Times634.1 (1937)* RabaulA short article on the clean-up of Rabaul folowing the May 1937

G- 8 ..AGPS __..

Page 118: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00745

C00746

C00747

C00746

C00749

C00750

C00751

eruption

Local and generalThomas,G.Rabaul Times634,2-3 (1937)'" RabaulA number of short news itemJ relating to conditions following the May1937 Rabaul eruption

Back to RabaulThomas,G.Rabaul Times634,4 (1937)'" RabaulA short article describing conditions in Rabaul following the May 1937eruption and plans for the resettlement of the town

Draft of a guide to the South Seas:translated by direction of the Australian Naval Board,PartIIA.New Britain and adjacent IslandsGerman MarineleitungAustralian Naval Board.MelbournePP20.35-42.73-74.77-78.103-111 (1919)'" Rltter '" LonQ Island'" Langlla '" Lolobau '" Pago '" Bismarck Arc'" Ulawun '" Wlllaumez Peninsula", TsunamiDelailed descrlbtions are given of vocanoes between Rabaul and LongIsland.Notable earthquakes and tsunamis are also briefly described

Draft of a guide to the South Seas:translated by direction of the Australian Naval Board,PartIIB.Bougainville.New Ireland.New Hanover,and N.W.groupsGerman MarineleitungAustralian Naval Board.MelbournePP56-57 (1919)'" Bougainville Island'" Balbi '" Lake Loloru '" BaganaBalbi and Bagana are briefly described.And active volcano is said to lienear the southern end of the Crown Prince Range-presumably Lake Loloru

Dampier's voyagesMasefield,J.(editor)Grant Richards.LondonPP522-549 (1906)'" Ulawun '" Ri tter '" Long Island '" I<arkar '" Manam '" I<adovar '" Bismarck Arc '" BamAn account of Dampier's voyage in 1700 along the south coast of NewBritain and the north coast of New Guinea.Volcanic activity was seen atUlawun,Ritter,Manam.and at one of the Schouten Island.posslbly I<adovar

The voyages of Abel Janszoon TasmanSharp,A.{editor)Clarendon Press,OxfordPP200-204,210-233 (1968)'" Earthquake'" Wi tu Islands'" Bismarck Arc'" I<arkar '" Manam '" BamAn account of Tasman's 1643 voyaQe u~ the east coast of New Ireland.across the Bismarck Sea to the WI tu Islands, and on to I<arkar Island.where he observed volcanic activity. Tasman mistakes I<arkar for Manam.Astrong earthquake was fell on 12 April 1643

An historical journal of events at Sydney and at sea 1787-1792Bach. J. Ced! tor)Angus e Robertson.SydneyPP155,417.Plates 10&11 (1966)'" Rabaul

1-1- 8 _AGPS __..

Page 119: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00752

C00753

C00754

C00755

C00756

C00757

C00758

A narrative of John Hunter's visit to the Rabaul area,includln~ a recordof the 1791 eruption of Tavurvur.Journal originally published In 1793

Carteret's voyage round the world,1766-1769Wallis,H.(edltor)Hakluyt Society,CambridgePP178-199,341-345 (1965>'" RabaulA narrative of Carteret's 1767 visit to New Britain recording thediscovery of St George's Channel and volcanic activity probably fromTavurvur

Deutsches I(olon ial-Lex IconSchnee,A.H.H.(edltor)Quelle 6 Meyer.Lelpzig162 (1920)'" Bismarck Arc'" Rabaul '" Bougalnville Island'" GermanA comprenhensive encyclopaedic treatment or former German colonies.Contains a number of articles on the former Territory of New Gulnea.Parttranslation

Landform studies from Australia and New GuineaJennings,J.N. Mabbutt,J.A.Ceditors)Austral i tm NlJt ional Un Ivers i ty PI'ess, CanberraPPl-434 (1967)'" Earthq\JakeContains an article by D.S.Simonett on the effects of past earthquakeson the landscape of the Aitape-Vanimo area

Pioniere der SuedseeHueskes,J.(editor)J.Hueskes,missionar vom Heillgsten Herzen Jesu,Hiltrup-SalzburgPPl-220 (1932)'" Bismarck Arc'" GermanA volume celebrating the Golden Jubilee of the Sacred Heart Mission inNew Britain.Contains articles by a nUmber of authors on the work andgrowth of the Mission on New Brltaln.Part translation

A voyage to New HollandWilllamson.J.A.(editor)Argonaut PressLLondonPP196-223 (193~)'" Long Island '" Ri tter '" I(arkar It Bismarck Ar'c '" Manam '" I(adovar '" Bam '" UlawunAn account of Dampier's voyage in 1700 along the south coast of NewBritain and the north coast of New Guinea.Volcanic activity was seen atUlawun,Rltter.Manam,and one of the Schouten Islands,possibly '~adovar

Abel Janszoon Tasman's journalHeeres,J.E.(editor)Frederlk Muller 6 Co. ,AmsterdamPP42-49 (1898)'" Earthquake'" I(arkar '" Bismarck Arc'" Witu Islands'" Manam'" BamAn account of Tasman's 1643 voya~e up the east coast of New Ireland,across the Bismarck Sea to the WltU Islands and on to I(arkar Island,where he observed volcanic activity.Tasman mistakesl(arkar for Hanam.Astrong earthquake was felt on 12 Apr il 1643

Governor in New GuineaSack,P.G. Clark,D.(edltors 6 translators)Australian National University Press,Canberra

1- 8'- .'"1IIIl. ~-AGPS-EIlIlIIIIIi

Page 120: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Arc

C00759

C00760

C00761

C00762

C00763

PPI07-1ca,120-124 (1980)>I< Ulawun >I< Bamus ... Lolobau ... W1lIt" lme;z: Pen 1nsula >I< Earthquake ... BismarckAlbert Hahl's memoirs of his governorship In New Gulnea.Ulawun,Bam,andZweispitzenberg (Lolobau?) are said to be active in late September 1904.The Willaumez Pen insula geysers and an earthquake In Decelnber 1907 arede3crlbed

Exiles and migrants in OceanlaLleber,M.D.(editor)University Press of Hawai I ,Honolulu ,Monograph5,296-341 (1977)>I< Mount Lamington ... Eastern Papua MainlandContains an article by E.G.Schwimmer in which native legends suggestinga possible pre-1951 eruption or Mount Lamington are mentioned

Volcanism In AustralasiaJohnson,R.W.(editor)Elsevler Scientific Publishing Co. ,AmsterdamPPl-405 (1976)>I< Bismarck Arc'" Rabaul ... Highlands'" O'Entrccasteaux Islands ... Admiralty Islands'" Bougainville Island ... EasternPapua MainlandContains a comprehensive collection of articles by a number of authorson volcanoes and volcanism in New Guinea

Cooke-Ravian volume of volcanological pGPQP~Johnson,H.W.(editor)Geological Survey of Papua New Gulnea,~emoir10,1-265 (1981)>I< Rabaul '" Bougainville Island >I< Easter.~ Papua Mainland'" Bismarck Arc >I< Admiralty IslandsContains a comprehensive collection of articles by a number of ~uthorson volcanoes and volcanism In New Guinea

Ueber subm&rine Erdbeben und ~~uptionenRUdolph,E.Gel"lands Be i tl'aege zur Geophys ik2,537-666 (1895)>I< Earthquake ... GermanAn earthquake felt on 24 June 1877 off the west coast o' BougainvilleIsland is described. Several small earthquakes felt in .he Rabaul areaon 23 March 1886 are also described. Part translation

Se/~mological investigations. XI. Unpublished notes relating to destructive earthquakesMilne,J.British Association for the Advancement of Science. Report of the Eightieth MeetingP51 (1912)... Earthquake ... TsunamiA report on an earthquake and tsunami which affected Buna Bay on 2October 1906

Ahnon,W.

Anderson,A,E.

Anonymous

C00378

C00697

C00145C00151C00164C00175C00183

J- 8 ~.....--------.--- ~-AGPS-...

Page 121: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1<- 8

C00202C00282C00290C00295C00296C00297C00298C00312C00342C00346C00350C00352C00353C00354C00355C00412C00420COO..21C00423C00424C00425C00426C00427C00431C00432C00433C00434C00435C00436C00437C00438C00441C00442C00443C00444C00446C00447C00448C00449COO"50C00451C00452C00453C00454C00455C00456C00457C00459C00460C00462C00465C00466C00468C00469C00470C00472C00473C00478C00480C00481

_AGPS __II!I

Page 122: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Anthony,A.

Arculus,A.Ctranslator) Johnson,R.W.Ccompiler)

Australian Archives

C00462C00463C00484C00465C00467C00466C00469C00490C00491C00492C00493C00494C00495C00498COOS03COOS04COOS06COOSlOCOOSllCOOS12C00513COOS14COOS16C00536C00539C00559C00565C00570COOS74COOS94C00597C00613C00627C00654C00655C00701C00702C00703C00704COO705C00706C00707C00708C00709C00710C00713C00716C00717

C00696

C00555

C00729C00730C00731C00732C00733C00734C00735

L - 8.... ~ ~~-AGPS-..

Page 123: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

B.W.e.

Bach,J.Ceditor)

Baker,G.

Ball,W.B.

Balleer,D.

Bamler,G.

Baracchi ,P.Csecretary)

Barrett,e.

Bassett,M.

Behrmann,W.

Belcher.E.

Bemmelen,R.W.van

Bennigsen,R.von

Bergmann,G.

Best,J.G.

Bignell,K.M. Symington,J.S.

Black,A.T.

Blackwood,B.

Blake,D.H. BJ <er,P.

Bley,B.

Blong,R.J.

e00736e00737e00738C00739C00740

e00293

e00751

e00279e00321

e00072

e00177

e00216

e00049

e00530

e00242

e00188eOCJ191e00341e00358

e00033

e00621

e00154

e00535

e00268e00364e00499e00521

e00097

e00624e00625e00626

e00519

e00263

e00092

e00129e00602e00603C0067~

M- 8r-. ~ ...;;.__r ~-AGPS-...

Page 124: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Boegershausen,G.

Boegershauser,G.

Bougainville,L.A.de

13rades,E.W.

Bradley,W.

Branch, C. D.

Brandes,E.W.

Bl'idge,C.

Brown,G.

Bruce,J.

Bultitude,R.J.

Burger,F.

Burgess,H.E.

Burua,A.G.

C.H.

Cameron,C.

Campbell,A.J.

Carey,S.W.

Carteret,P.

Cayley-Webster,H.

Chalmers,J.

Chambers,W.J.

Cheesman,L.E.

Chi gnell ,A .1<.

Chinnery,E.W.P. Chinnery,S.

Chinnery,S.

C00349

C00464

COOOS9

C('J526

C00037

C00139C00141

C00338

C00017

COOOllC00044C00045C00064C00205C00514

C00572

C00261C00683

C.J648

C00711

C00718

C00593

C00260

C00403

C00235C00254

C00036

C00221

C00042

C00167

C00236COOS64

C00319

COOS80

C00407

N- 8.... -.a__I ~-AGPS-...sl

Page 125: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

r e 'MM it ••MA

ICilento,R. COOOSlCOOO69

IClarence,M. COO728

Clarke,G.A. COOS79COO686

Cohen,E. COO247

Collinson,C.W. COO234

Collomb,Honseigneur COOO6l

Cooke.R. Johnson,R.W. COO671

Cooke.R.J.S. COO676COO678COO679

Cosma,Sister COOO77

Cotton,C.A. COO382

Coulter,J. COO178

Couppe,L. COOO78COOO79COOO93

Cox,W.H. COO166

Dahl,F. COO66l

Daiber,A. COO189

DaJ.e,R. COOO22

Dampier.W. COOOOSCOOS42

Danckelman,A.von COOO73COOO94COOO95COO24SCOO33lCOO332COO411COO4l3COO41SCOO4l6COO4l7C00419COO611COO6S8

Daniel,H. COO380

Danks.B. COO220

I A- 9-lii~_AGPS

Page 126: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Darby,H.C.Ceditor)

Dassel,A.

Dav id, T. W. E.

Dawes,A.W.

Decker,C.F.Ceditor)

Deland,C.C.

Denham,T.F.

Domin ik ,1<.

Dormann.P. Meier,P.J.Ceditors)

DorseY,G.A.

Douglas ,1< .

Downs ,I.

Draper,W.F.

Dumont D'Urville,J.S.C.

Duncan,D.D.

Duperrey,L.r.

Ebert,P.

Eickstedt, von ,I<ap itaen-Leutnant Langemak. J<orvetten-J<ap i taen

Eisenstein,R.von

El1is,T.W.

Emmer ich ,F.

Eve,H.D.

Everingham,r.B. Gaull,B.A. Dent,V.F.

Ferguson.D.B.

Field,A.

Findlay.A.G.

Finsch,D.

C00249

C00368C00541

C00278C00534

C00211C00340

C00598

C00665

C00016C00339

C00299

C00387

C00087

C00381

C00370

C00522

C00523

C00056C(j0058

C00525

C00060

C00647

C00636

C00652

C00362

C00667

C00313

C00324

C00317

C00695

C00217

C00098

B- 9.....---------- ~ (ji]ij-AGPS-..

Page 127: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

COO428COO429COO639COO645COO646

Fisher,N.H. COOO30COO155COO158COO16lCOO246COO25lCOO253COO259COO264COO270COO322COO326COO329COO395COO474COO476COO500COO509COO604COO6l0

Flierl,J. COO53l

Fof's ,I(orvetten-I<ap itaen COO641

Forbes,H.O. COO3l0

Forsyth,G. COO698

Franke.B. COOO80COOO8l

fraser,Captain COOOO4

Fl'iederici ,G. COO148COO194COO6l6

Frings,A. COO651

Fromholz.H. COO631

Frommund,B. COO649

Fuchs,C.W.C. COO272

Gagel,C. COO563

Gatenby,C. COO600

Geisler,W. COO650

German Marineleitung COO557COO747

C- '::J.... [£ij_AGPS_...

Page 128: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Graboweky,F.

Graefe,E.

Greffrath,H.

Grifflthe,H.S.

Gronemann,B.

Gruendl,F.

GUillemard,F.H.H.

Guiee,R.E.

Guppy,H.B.

Habenl cht, I<orvetten-I<ap ihen

Hagen,B.

Hager,C.

Hagspiel,B.

Hahl,A.

Hall,W.

Hamlin.H.

Hammer. 1< .L.

Haneen,S.

Hantke,G.

Harrington,Captaln

Heeres,J.E.Ceditor)

Hepers.I<.

Hermenegiloe.Sister

Hernsheim,E.

Herneheim,F.

C00748

C00099

COO100

COOS4S

COOS71

C00634

C00347

C00303

C00271

C00014C00591

C00244

C00187

C00184

C00240

C00149COO'.97C00414C00601C00632C00633

(;00589

C0001SC00269

C0010l

C00372

C00140COOS88

COOSS8

C007S7

C00344

C00083

C00642C00727

C00102

D- 9... ~~AGPS-...

Page 129: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Hesse-Wartegg,E.von

Hether ington ,1< .

Hilder,R.

Hindorf',R.

Hodge-Smith,T.

Hoeltker,G.

Hogan,Captain

Hocgerwerf'F.J.

Hosking,J.S.

Hueskes,J.(editor)

Hugo,H.

Hunter,J.

Hunter,R.L.

IoM.

Ischler,P.

Jacobs.T.J.

Jaggar.T.A.

Jennings,J.N. Mab~utt,J.A.(editors)

Johnson,G.J.

Johnson,R. Everingham,I.B. Cooke,R.J.S.

Johnson,R.W. Davies,R.A. White,A.J.R.

.Jchnson,R.W.(editor)

Jones,A.S.

Jones,H.L.

Joycey,D.

C00275

C00146C00147

C00688

C00219C00375C00699C00700

COOS30

C00165

COO103

C00301

C00366

C00215C00551

C00755

C00371

C00035

C00281

C00540

C00084

C00002

C00050C00201

C00754

C00076

C00680

C00266

C00760C00761

C00067C00662C00663

C00694

C00027

E- 9.... ....._~ IIlImI~-AGPS_-a

Page 130: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

I<aernbach, L. COO418

I<archer, I<orlletten -I<ap 1taen COO104

I<ennedy, R. W. COO367COO385

1<1 ng,F.J. COO280

lOng, V.e.5 COO743

lOng, v.e .5. COO656

10:z:awa, T. COO156COO582

l<le in. W. C. COO133

I<n ibbs ,5.G. C. COO549

I<nlght,e.L. COO160COO162

I<otze , 5. von COO543

I<raenler, A. COO250

I<r ieger ,M. COO195

J<rl ele ,E. COO644

I<rusenstern ,A. J.de COOO57

I<un:z:e ,G. COOO85eOOO86

Labillardiere,M.CJ.J.H.) COOOOl

Lambert,S.M. COO581

Latter,J.H. COO590

Lehmann,E. COO561

Leideck('r,e. COO190

Lesson,P. COOO55

Lewis,F.G. eOOO53COO712

Lieber,M.D.Ceditor) COO759

Liversidge,A. eOO212COO302

Macgregor,W. COO223COO583COO608

F - 9..... ~-AGPS-..

Page 131: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Mackay,A.C.

Mackay,Patrol OFFicer

11ackellar , C•0 .

Mackenzie,S.S.

Maclaren,A.A.

Maltland,A.G.

Malak

Mantnn,G.

Margetts,L.H.

Marquardeen,H.

Marr,C.C.

Marehall,A.J.

MaseField,J.Ceditor)

Mason.E.C.

Maseey,C.H.

Matches,M.

Maweon,D. Chapman,F.

Mayr,E.

McArthur,L.A.

McCarthy,J.

McCarthy, J .1<.

McHardy.E.

McNicoll,W.R.

Meares,C.D

Meares,C.D.

C00668

C00623

C00479

C00209

C00207

C00130

C00169C00497

C00134

C00575

C00066

C00723

C0003l

C00018C00328C00527

C00749

C00687

C00046C00294

C00566

C00323

C00664

C005l7

C00373

C00204C00595C00596

C00383

C0007lC00587C00714

C00742

C00374C00569

G- 9.... ....__~-AGPS-....

Page 132: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Melnicke, C.E.

Mennis,M.R.

Mercalll ,G.

Merten, I<orvetten -I<ap I taen

Merz,Gouvernementssekretaer

Michie,W'.

Mikloucho-Maclay,N.de

Mi ller. L.

Milne.J.

Minogue,J.

t1itchener, J. A.

Mona

Monckton.C.A.W.

Moody,P.H.

Moresby,J.

Moreton.M.H.

Morrell ,A. J.

Morrell,B.Junior

Mueller.H.

Mueller.L. Landinger,J.

Murray,G.H.

Murray,J.H.P.

Mytinger,C.

Nelson,C.H.

Nelson,H.

1-1- 9

C00690

C00180

C00273C00673

C002l8

C00277C00628

C001S2

C00074

C00013C0010SC00283C0028S

C00376

C00763

C0072S

C00333

C001S7

C00243

C00439C00440

C00006C00170

C00669

C0002l

C00010

C00360

C003Sl

C00337COOS8S

C00609

COOS37

C0040l

C0047SC00674

..-AGPS-_.

Page 133: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Neuhauss.R.

Newport,H.O.

Nitto,J.

Nurton,A.

O'Brien,E.V.

Ollver,E.S.

Ollier.C.W. Brown,M.J.F.

Olsen,E.M.

Page,H.

Palfreyman,W.D. Wallace,D.A. Cooke,R.J.S.

Parkinson.R.

Patiliu,S.

Pfeil,J.Graf

Pflueger,A.

Phillips,C.

Pigot,E.F.

Pitcairn,W.D.

Poech,R.

Powell.W.

Pritchard.M.A.

C00196

C00288C00584

C00724

C00445

C00486

C00524

C00365

C00692

C00159C00168C00471C00505C00506

C00677

COOI06C00227C00265

C00377

C00132C00142C00267

COOI07C00143

C00012

C00048C00289

C00208

C00003COO108C00226C00257

C00007C00023C00213C00231C00528C00615C00622

C00573

1- 9B!lIaraJ ~-AGPS- ..

Page 134: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Pri tchard ,w. C.

Pullen-Burry,B.

• Puxley,W.L.

Rannie,D.

Reche,O.

Rech inger, L. Rech inger ,IC

Reeves/L.C.

Reiber,J.

Reina,P.

Reinhardt,H.

Rentz,J.N.

Reynolds , M. A.

Rheinberger,P.F.

Rhys,L.

Ribbe,C.

Ricnarz,S.

Richmond, J.

Robson,R.W.

Robson,R.W.Ccompiler &editor)

Robson,R.W.Ceditor)

C00592

C00233

C00232

C00026

C00109C00138

C00186

C00620

C00110

C00228

C00681

C00379

C00363C00548

C00496

C00502

C00111

C00287

C00029

C00305

C00200

C00032C00068C00096COOl71C00222C00291C00292C00306C00307C00308C00311C00314C00315C00334C00335C00384C00391C00392C00393

J- 9------------- • ~-AGPS-....

Page 135: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Roenninger,H.

Romil1y,H.H.

Ross ,W.A.

Rossel,M.de

Rudolph,E.

Russell,H.C.

Ruxton,B.P.

Ryan,W.B.

Sack,P. Clark,D.Ceditors f. translators)

Sack,P.G. Clark,D.Ceditors f. translators)

Sackley,M.

Salerio,D.C.

Sapper ,1< .

Sarfert,E.

1< - 9

C00394C00396C00397C00398C00399C00400C00404C00405C00408C00409C00410C00529C00552C00553C00554C00568

C00657

C00034C00210

C00028

C00054

C00562C00762

C00237

C00567

C00691

C00276

C00758

C00660

C00199

C00041COO1l2COO1l3COO1l4COO1l5COO1l6COO1l7COO1l8COO1l9C00128C00136C00150C00248C00389C00430

C00653

-AGPS __..

Page 136: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Scharmllch, L.

Schlaginhausen,O.

Schlelnitz.G.E.G.von

Schlueter,l< .

Schmidt,R.

Schnee,A.H.H.

Schnee,A.H.H.Cedltor)

Schne ider, 1< .

Scholz,W.

Schott,G.

Schoutell,W. Le Maire,J.

Schumm,R.

Schwimmer,E.G.

Seldel,H.

Selby,D.M.

Sharp,A.Ceditor)

Shaw,H.I. l<ane,D.T.

Sieberg.A.

SI avers. W.

Simonett,D.S.

Simpson.C.H.

Smi th ,r. E.M.

Specht,J. Ball,E.E. Blong,R.J. EgloFF.B.L.

C002S6

C00185

C00120C0012lC00122C00123C00124C00137C00300C00422C00637C00643

C00343

C00607

C00224

C007S3

C006l2

C00230

C00390

C00008

C00088C003S9

C006l7

C00304C00635

C00274C00726

C007S0

C00533

C0012S

C0018l

C002SS

C00047

C0032SC00684

C006es

L- 9....- .... ~-AGPS-...

Page 137: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

stamm,J.

Stanlp.y,E.:.

Stanley,G.A.V. Carey,S.W. Montgomery,J.N. Eve,H.D.

Stehn,C.

Stehn,C.E. Woolnough.W.G.

Stehn,Ch. Woolnough,W.G.

Stehn,Ch.E. Woolnough,W.G.

Steinhaeuser,R.

Stewart,D.

Stromer,E.

Strong,W.M.

Studer.T.

Stutzer,D.

Sullivan,B.

Swan.E.G.

Synge,F.H.

Tappenbecl<.E.

Tasman,A.J.

Taylor.G.A.

Taylor.G.A.H. Best.J.G. Reynolds,M.A.

Thomas.G.

C00089C00090C00091C00369

C00020C00038C00327C00619

C00019

C00070C00467C00618

C00039

C00052

C00463

C00286

C00402

C00659

C00330

C00258

C00192

C00075

C00599

C00320

C00144

C00009C00544

C00252C00520C00546C00547C00556C00605

C00135

C00214C00336C00406C00458C00461C00477

M- 9~ ~_AGPS_-"

Page 138: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Thomss.G.Ceditor)

Thomson.J.P.

Threlfall.N.

Timm,E.E.

Tinney.J.

Tischmacher,D.

To Rongmule,W.

Tomarah

Townsend.G.W.L.

Trotha. von ,I<orvetten-I<ap i taen

Trotter,C.

Van Bemmelen,R.W.

Van Dijk,G.

Vanderford.Captain

Veth.P.J.

Vi llien,G.

Vogel,H.

Walker.J.

Walker.M.

Wallace.D.A. Cooke,R.J.S. Dent.V.F. Norris,D.J.

Wallis.H.Ceditor)

Warn,W. T.

C00515C00744C00745C00746

C00063C00316C00318

C00262C00309C00576

C00715

C00241

C00682

C00348

C00082

C00741

C00501

C00386

C00024C00025

C00238C00239

C00179

C00578

C00361

C00062C00357

C00206

C00176COOS18

C00693

C00670

C00752

C00577

Wayne,R. C00065

Wedgwood,C.H. C00203

N- g.-AGPS-_.

Page 139: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Weetfllan.C.Wegener.G.

W~j'3ser,J.

Weno't,H.W.

~Jerner, B. von

Werner.E.

Werner, von .I<orvetten-Kap i taenWernicke.W.Wharton, W.J.L.

Whitmee.S.J.Wichmann,A.

Wilda.J.Williamson.J.A.Ceditor)Willson.A.G.Wi lson.D. P.Wiltgen.R.M.Wimmer,F.

Wi nter,F. P.

Wisdom.E.A.

Wolff.F.vonWolff,von

Wood.C.A.Woodford,C.M.Woodman.H.E.Woolnough.W.G.

Yeates.D.M.

C00532

C00182

C00538

C00126C00640

C00722

C00153C0022S

C00638

C00198

C00043

C00174

C00193C00719C00720C00721

C00666

C00756

C0067S

C00040

C00284

C00356

C00606

C00173COOS8/)

COOS60

C00629

C00388

COOSSO

C00172

C00163COOS07

C00689

A-10iIIDu IIIlIIIIU ~__~__~----__--[iiJlI-AGPS ...-..8

Page 140: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Zdeke.uer I A. C00229

Zoellt:p.H. COO127C001'n

Zwinge,H. C00345

1771 COO059

1788 COO022

1800 COOOOlC00574

180!. C003!Jl

1808 COO054

1822 COO578

1824 COO057

1832 COO010COO058

1833 COO021

1834 COOO04

1839 COO055

1841 COO281

1842 C00575

1.843 COO033COO040COO056

1844 COOOO2COO280

1847 COO178

1848 COOO61COOO62C00357

1858 COO228

1862 COO199

1863 COO183COO282

1867 COO361

1871 COO217

8-10.... ..;;;...;;.;.Bla1 [iij_AGPS _ ...

Page 141: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1873 COOO47

1874 COO285

1875 COOOO6COO180

1876 COO137COO170COO637

1877 COOO45COO258COO643

1878 COOO64C00102COO105COO174COO558COO565COO614COO627COO741

1879 COO126COO177COO272COO638COO640

1.880 COO231COO247COO302

1881 C00213C00559

1883 COOOO7COOO23C00104C00275

1884 COOO13COOO24C00615

1885 C00428C00429C00528COO538C00622C00634C00636C00646

1886 COOO17COO184C00310C00426

C-l0-AGPS--III

Page 142: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1887

1888

1889

1890

1891

1892

1893

1894

C00427C00639C00645

C00014C00034C00042C00124C00210C00212C00227C00265C00300C00425C00562C00591

C00098C00164C00237.C00423C00424C00550

C00043C00120C00121C00422C00722

C00286C00421C00630

C00127C00130C00131C00132C00175C00208C00262C00309COOS83C00641

C00025C00267C00420C00497COOS7&;

C00249C00418C00419COOS77

C00223C00271C00303C00411

I

L .... .;D~-~l~O;.... ~-AGPS- ...

Page 143: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

COO545COO642COO668COO669

1895 COOO93COOO99COO278COO412COO413COO534COO607C00762

1896 COO078COOO85COO122C00414C00415C00535C00536COO606

1897 COO123C00277C00416COO608COO658COO659C00661

1898 COO044C00221C00417C00544COO628C00757

1899 COOO12COO073COO142COO107COO195COO197C00229

1900 COO147COO154

1901 C00107COO143COO144COO332

1902 COO049COO146COO189C00331COO635COO682

E-I0 _AGPS __d

Page 144: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C001111903COO182C00205C00245C00304C00631C00666

COO0941904C00224C00651C00652

COO0951905COO151COO169C00257C00543C00632

COOO051906COOO08COO092C00349C00350C00749

COOO031907COO029COO101C00106C00108COO110C00218C00611

COOO111908COO145COO149COO150COO152COO186C00226C00233C00320C00561

1909 COO087COO148COO153C00381COO719

1910 COO112COO113COO114COO125COO181COO185

F-l0-AGPS

Page 145: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1911

1912

1913

1914

1915

1916

1917

1918

C00192C00194C00250C00287C00386C00387C00720

C00116C00193C00196C00206C00225C00592C00612C00629

C00026C00079C00198C00209C00216C00230C00244C00563C00609C00616C00633C00721C00763

C00653C00723

C00041C00115C00138C00654C00655

C00319C00620

C00090C00190C00248C00290C00298C00330

C00117C00294C00295C00296C00297C00299C00341

C00091C00166

L ~G~-~l~O ~~-AGPS-....

Page 146: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1919 COO167COO327COO557COO747COO746

1920 COOO76COOi36COO369COO430COO570COO753

1921 COO077COOH6

1922 C00243COO356

1923 COOO20COOO36COOO46COO046COO260COO266COO289COO571COO619COO646COO667

1924 COOO82COOO83COO186COO647COO697

1925 COOO86COO232COO316COO318COO657

1926 COOO60COO234COO240COO649

1927 COO128COO191COO207COO317COO644

1928 COO269COO584COO613

1929 COOO15

1-1-10-AGPS--III

Page 147: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

i.COO088C00526C00549C00560C00585

COO0261930COO080COO084COO089C00338C00339C00340C00572C00573(;00650

1931 COOl71COO172COO173C00431C00432C00433C00434C00435C00436C00437C00438C00439C00440C00529C00531C00566C00568C00623C00624C00625COO626

1932 COO179C00211C00222C00306C00359C00360C00441C00442C00443C00444C00445C00586C00717C00755

1933 C00200COO220C00446C00447C00448

L ~I~-~l~O ~-AGPS_-.I

Page 148: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1934

1935

1936

1937

C00081C00203C00315C00449C00450C00589

C00019C00307C00311C00313C00314C00323C00383C00390C00451C00452C00453C00454C00455C00456C00457C00527C00553

C00016C00291C00458C00459C00460C00519C00587

C00018C00027C00031C00032C00039C00050C00051C00052C00053C00063C00065C00066C00067C00068C00069C00071C00072C00074C00075C00096C00097C00119C00155C00168C00202C00241C00336

L ~J;.-~l;.;O ~-AGPS _ .....

Page 149: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00342C00343C00344C00345C00346C00347C00351C00352C00353C00354C00355C00356C00366C00391C00392C00400C00402C00403C00404C00405C00406C00407C00461C00462C00463C00464C00465C00466C00467C00468C00469C00470C00471C00472C00473C00474C00498C00516C00532C00539C00540C00569CO?579C00580C00597C00598C00599C00600C00618C00656C00662C00663C00675C00681C00692C00693C00694C00695C00696C00698

1<-10 _AGPS __JI

Page 150: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1938

C00700C00701C00702C00703C00704C00705C00706C00707C00708C00709C00710C00711C00712C00713C00714C00716C00718C00729C00730C00732C00735C00736C00743C00744C00745C00746

C00030C00070C00133C00163C00215C00235C00236C00254C00292C00293C00328C00348C00393C00401C00408C00409C00410C00476C00477C00478C00479C00480C00481C00482C00483C00484C00485C00486C00487C00488C00489C00551C00731

L ~~l~O~ ~-AGPS-...

Page 151: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1939

1940

1941

C00733C00734C00738

COO100C00134C00238C00253C00259C00305C00312C00329C00337C00384C00394C00490C00491C00492C00493C004'.l4C00495C00496C00500C00542C00588C00739C00756

C00158C00308C00503C00552

C00157C00159C00160C00334C00335C00395C00396C00397C00398C00399C00504C00505C00506C00507C00508C00509C00510C00511C00512C00513C00514C00515C00517C00518C00554C00581C00593

L ..:.M~-~l;.;.;;O~_=___...--~-AGPS_-.11

Page 152: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

COO737

1942 COO103COO161COO246COO251COO502COO524COO537COO665COO740

1943 COO165COO380COO564COO664

1944 COO368COO382 ...COO523

...COO61O

1945 COO201COO525COO541

1946 COO162C00264COO279

1948 C00379

1949 COO239COO321

1950 COO214

1951 COO140C00270C00582

1.;s3"

C00521 "

C00546

1954 C00109C00268C00326COO363C00530COO548

1955 COO362COO520C00547

1956 COO274COO364COO499 ...

1957 COO135

N-l0 _AGPS __d

Page 153: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00322C00333C00594

1958 C00556COO605

1960 COO256COOE86

1961 C00156C00219

1963 COO204COO533

1965 COO036COO725C00732

1966 C00176C00567C00590

1967 C00139C00141COO255C00754

1968 COOO09COO035C00501C00742C00750C00751

1969 COO037COO242C00325C00369

1970 C00263

1971 C00252C00365COO595COO596

1972 COO266COO273

1974 COO660

1975 COO283COO603COO689

1976 COO604COO760

A-ll -AGPS __•

Page 154: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

1977

1979

1980

1981

1982

1983

Admiralty Islands

~~~~~~C00759

C00129C00261C00276C00284C00602

C00367C00388C00475C00522C00601C00688C00690C00691C00699C00724C00758

C00370C00371C003721,;00373C00374C00375C00376C00377C00378C00555C00670C00671C00673C00676C00677C00678C00679C00680C00683C00684C00715C00726C00761

C00621C00672C00674C00685C00687C00728

C00727

C00001C00013C00054COOl71

L .;B~l~l~ ~-AGPS __

Page 155: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Bagana

C00192C00193C00224C00235C00254C00364C00680C00760C00761

C00012C00014C00015C00016C00020C00026C00032C00040C0004lCOOi0lCOOi06COOi11C00113C00117C00127C00128C0013iC00136C00137C00140C00149C00150C0015iC00202C00211C0022lC00232C00234C00248C00259C0026iC00265C00270C00299C00304C0032lC00322C00323C00324C00325C00326C00329C00368C00379C0038lC00383C00384C00389C00443C00444

L ~C~-.;;;l~l ~-AGPS-....

Page 156: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

I

Balbl

C00446C00468C0048lC00484C00487C00495C004~9C00516C00523C00525C00545C00560C00588C0059.tC00612C006l3C00632C00635C00650C00658C00659C00664C00665C00683C00748

C00015C00016C00020C0004lC0010lC00106COOlllC00113C00117C00128C0013lC00132C00136C0014lC00142C00144C00149C00150C0015lC00152C00180C00202C00211C0022lC00224C00232C00234C00242C00248C00259C00265C00269C00270C00299

- ~D...;.-l~l;;... ~-AGPS _ ....

Page 157: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Bam

C00303C00304C00322C00323C00326C00329C00368C00380C00383C00389C005l9C00524C00525C00545C00560C006l3C00635C00642C00650C00664C00683C00748

C00005C00006C00007C00008C00009C00012C00013C00038C0004lC00055C00058C00098C0010lC00103C00105COOHOCOOH4COOH7C00127C00128C00133C00136C00144C00145C00146COo147C00148COOl53C00170C0018lC00182C00184C00185C00188C0019lC00195C00202

L ~ ~E~-.;l~l:;...__.,.. ~-AGPS__

Page 158: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Bamus

C00206C00209C00211C00225C00235C00238C00248C00254C00259C00268C00270C00287C00322C00329C00332C00338C00341C00358C00362C00363C00418C00428C00526C00541C00542C00544C00557C00560C00607C00615C00630C00639C00645C00658C00671C00719C00720C00749C00750C00756C00757

C00007C00011C00023C00038C00051C00078C00087C00088C00093COO101C00106C00107COO109COOH7C00123C00127C00128C00136

L ~F_-.;l.;l Ili~-AGPS-..

Page 159: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Bismarck Arc

C00143C00154C00182C00184C00209C00211C002l3C00231C00235C00246C00248C00249C00250C00254C00259C00270C00287C00303C00322C00329C00355C00369C004l4C0054lC00559C00560C00561C0060lC006l2C006l3C006l5C00632C00633C00636C00650C00758

COOOOlC00002C00003C00004C00005C00006C00007C00008C00009C00010C00011C00012C00013C00017C00020C0002lC00023C00024C00031C00038C00041C00042C00043

G-l1 -AGPS __..

Page 160: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

COOOSOCOOOSlCOOOS4COOOS5COOOS7COOOS8C00060C0006lC00062C00063C00069C00077C00078C00079C00080C0008lC00082C00083C00084C00085C00086C00087C00088C00089C00090C0009lC00092C00093C00098C00099C0010lC00103C0010SC00106C00107C00108C00109COOHOC00114C00117C00122C00123C00124C00127C00128C00129C00133C00134C00135C00136C00138C00139C00140C00142C00143C00144C00145C00146C00147C00148

1-1-11 _AGPS __d

Page 161: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00153C00154C00155C00164C00166C00167C00170r00175C00176C00178C00179C00180C00181C00182C00183C00184C00185C00187C00188C00189C00190C00191C00195C00196C00197C00199C00200C00202C00203C00206C00209C00211C00213C00215C00216C00217C00222C00224C00225C00226C00228C00229C00230C00231C00235C00237C00238C00239C00240C00242C00246C00248C00249C00250C00251C00254C00257C00259C00260C00263

L ~I.;.-~l._;;.l ~-AGPS_~

Page 162: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00266C00267C00268C00270C00276C00277C00278C00280C00281C00282C00283C00284C00286C00287C00291C00292C00293C00300C00303C00317C00322C00326C00329C00332C00338C00341C00350C00355C00357C00358C00359C00360C00362C00363C00364C00369C00390C00412C00413C00414C00418C00421C00422C00423C00424C00425C00427C00428C00429C00430C00434C00439C00440C00445C00458C00459C00460C00467C00479C00480

L ~__~J~l~l ~-AGPS----

Page 163: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00486C00504C00508C00510C00520C00521C00526C00531C00534C00535C00536C00538C00541C00542C00543C00544C00546C00547C00548C00556C00557C00559C00560C00561C00562C00566C00586C00587C00588C00589C00601C00607C00612C00613C00615C00616C00624C00625C00626C00629C00630C00631C00632C00633C00636C00639C00644C00645C00646C00647C00649C00650C00651C00658C00660C00667C00670C00671C00672C00673

L ~_~I<:..-~l~l Il14iJ-AGPS _ ....

Page 164: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Bougainville Island

C00676C00677C00676C00679C00660C00665C00697C00703C00719C00747C00749C00750C00753C00755C00756C00757C00756C00760C0076l

COOOOlC00002C00010C00012C00014C00015C00016C00020C00022C00026COOO~\2C0004,1C0004lC00054C00055C00056C00059C00060C0010lC00106C00111C00113C00117C00120C0012lC00127C00126C0013lC00132C00136C00137C00140C0014lC00142C00144C00149C00150COOl""COOlC00180

L ~L~-~l~l~ IViID-AGPS _ .....

Page 165: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

I

C00182C00197C00202C00211C00217C00221C00224C00232C00234C00242C00248C00259C00261C00265C00269C00270C002'J9C00301C00303C00304C00321C00322C00323C00324C00325C00326C00329C00339C00368C00379C00380C00381C00383C00384C00389C00390C00443C00444C00446C00468C00481C00484C00487C00495C00499C00516C00519C00523C00524C00525C00533C00545C00549C00550C00560C00588C00591C00607C00612C00613

L ~M~-~~l~l;._ ~-AGPS __

Page 166: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

D'Entrecasteaux Islands

Dampier Strait

Doma Peaks

Dutch

"

Earthquake

C00632C00633C00635C00642C00643C00650C00653C00658C00659C00664C00665C00683C00748C00753C00760C00761

C00006C00020COOU8C00133C00169C00170C00238C00239C00497C00682C00760

C00004C00020'C00023C00057C00058C00098C00124C00184C00280C00281C00282C00300C00422C00425C00427

C00129C00252

C00133C00179C00361

C00009C00012C00013C00018C00019C00029C00030C00033

N-ll -AGPS __"

Page 167: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00034C00038C00046C00048C00049e00059C00069e00073C00076C00093e00094e00095eOOi05COOllie00112e00114e00124C00125C00126C00134C00163COOl71C00172C00173e00184C00186C00189e00194e00196C00199e00202e00204C00207C00209C002i6C00220e00224C00228C00233e00236e00240e00244C00245C00253C00255C00262C00264C00271C00276C00283C00285C00288C00289C00290C00294C00295C00296C00297C00298C00304

A-12 _AGPS __d

Page 168: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00306C00307C00311C00312C00313C00314C00315C00316C00318C00324C00331C00332C00340C00349C00355C00361C00366C00367C00384C00386C00387C00396C00399C00401C00408C00410C00411C00413C00415C00416C00417C00419C00420C00426C00435C00436C00437C00438C00441C00442C00447C00448C00449C00450C00451C00452C00453C00454C00455C00456C00457C00472C00477C00478C00480C00482C00483C00485C00486C00488

8-12 _AGPS __d

Page 169: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

8gg~~6C0049lC00492C00494C00496COOSOOCOOSOlCOOS02COOS04C00505COOS06CCOS07COOS09C005l3COOS14C00517COOS18COOS27COOS29COOS30COOS37COOS43COOS44C00552COOS53COOS57COOS62C00563COOS64C00568C00570C00571C00572C00576C0058lC00582C00583C00584C0058SC00590C00598C0060lC00606C00610C00611C00616C00620C00629C00652C00654C0065SC00657C00674C00680C00682C0071SC00717C00723C007S0

L ~C~-~1,;2 ~-AGPS--

Page 170: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Eastern Papua Mainland

C00754C00757C00756C00762C00763

C00003C00006C00025C00096C00106C00116C00130C00133C00140C00165C00169C00170C00211C00223C00235C00236C00239C00243C00246C00254C00262C00270C00271C00279C00303C00309C00310C00319C00320C00322C00325C00326C00327C00330C004?7C00541C00554C00560C00567C00576C00563C00592C00606C00609C00617C00619C00621C00629C00666C00669C00684C00759C00760C00761

L -= .:;;D~-.;:;1~2 ~-~-AGPS_ .....

Page 171: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Frencr,

German

C00054C00055C00056C00057C00058C00059C00060C0006lC00062C00093C00179C00285C00357

C0004lC00073C00077C00078C00079C00080C0008lC00083C00084C00085C00086C00087C00088C000<39C00090C0009lC00092C00094C00095C00098C00099COOIOOCOOIOlCOOI02COOI03COOI04COOI05COOI06COOI07COOI08COOI09COOll0COOlllC00112C00113C00114C00115C00116C00117C00118C00119COOl20C00121C00122COOl23

E-12 _AGPS __..

Page 172: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00124C00125C00126C00127C00128C0013lC00132C00136C00137C00138C00140C00142C00143C00144C00145C00146C00147C00148C00149C00150C0015lC00152C00153C00154C00164C00175C00177C00180C0018lC00182C00183C00184C00185C00186C00187C00188C00189C00190C0019lC00192C00193C00194C00195C00196C00197C00198C00199C00206C002l6C00224C00225C00226C00227C00228C00229C00230C00241C00244C00245C00247

L -------~F~-~1~2~------~]-AGPS ___

Page 173: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00248C00250

7C0025C00258C00265C00267C00272C00275C00277C00278C00286C00287C00304C00331C00332C00341C00342C00343C00344C00345C00346C00347C00348C00349C00350C00351C00352C00353C00354C00355C00356C00358C00359C00386C00367C00369C00390C00411C00412C00413C00414C00415C00416C00417C00418C00419C00420C00422C00423C00424C00425C00426C00427C00426C00429C00430C00534C00535C00536C00536

G-12-AGPS-_IIIII

Page 174: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Goropu

C00543C00545C00558C00559C00560C00561C00562C00563C00588C00607C00611C00612C00616C00627C00628C00629C00630C00631C00632C00633C00634C00635C00636C00637C00638C00639C00640C00641C00642C00643C00644C00645C00646C00647C00648C00649C00650C00651C00652C00653C00657C00658C00659C00661C00666C00667C00675C00681C00719C00720C00721C00722C00723C00753C00755C00762

C00140C00239C00279

L .:.I-~I-~1~2~ [ii~-AGPS __

Page 175: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Highlands

Italian

Japanese

J(lIdovar

I(arkar

C00320C00326C00684

C00129C00238C00239C00252C00602C00603C00672C00674C00760

C00218

C00582C00724

C00005C00542C00547C00670C00749C00756

C00005C00007C00009C00012C00038C0004lC00058C00085C00086C00101C00103C00117C00127C00128C00133C00136C00138C00140C00144C00180C0018lC00182C00187C0019lC00195C00196C00202C00235C00248C00254C00259C00270C00278C00287

L ..;;I;..-~1;.';2~_ _=_ IUi~-AGPs_--'

Page 176: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

l<uanua

l<ul"ul" i

Lake Lolol"u

Langila

C00322C00329C00341C00412C00413C00422C00480C00534C00535C00536C00541C00542C00544C00557C00560C00566C00589C00612C00615C00629C00631C00644C00649C00650C00672C00680C00719C00721C00749C00750C00756C00757

C00082C00539C00540

C00567

C00339C00748

C00007C00020C00023C00038C00101(;00106C00109C00117C00122C00127C00128COOt35C00136C00143C00182C00191C00202C00206

J-12 _AGPS __aI

Page 177: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Lolobau

C00209C00246C00248C00250C00259C00270C00287C00303C00322C00329C00355C00364C00422C00541C00560C00612COCl615C00616C00633C00651C00677C00720C00721C00747

COOOOlC00007C00020C00023C00038C00054C00087C0010lC00106C00109C00114C00123C00127C00136C00202C00206C00211C00213C00235C00250C00251C00254C00259C00270C00276C00303C00322C00329C00350C00355C00369C00541C00559C00560C00601

1< -12 -AGPS __•

Page 178: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Long Island

Manam

C006l3C006l5C00624C00650C00747C00758

C00005C00007C00017C00038C00042C00057C00058C0010lC00129C00144C00180C00181C00182C00191C00200C00202C002l6C00235C00238C002S4C00259C00270C00280C0028lC00287C00322C00326C00364C00422C00427C00429C00445C00538("1)0541r )0542,00546':00560C0061SC00646C006SOC00672C0068SC00747C00749C007S6

C00003COOOOSC00008C00009C00012C00013C00020

L .;;L~-~1~2 [iij-AGPS _ ....

Page 179: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00031C00038C00041C00051C00057C00058C00077C00083C00098C00099COO101C00103COO105C00108C00110C00114C00117C00127C00128C00133C00136C00138C00140C00143C00144C00146C00147C00148C00153C00180C00181C00182C00184C00185C00187C00188C00190C00191C00195COOl96C00202C00203C00206C00209C00211C00225C00226C00229C00230C00235C00238C00240C00248C00250C00254C00257C00259C00270C00277C00283

L ~M-~l' 2:;.· ~-AGPS--.II

Page 180: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Mount Lamington

C00287C00291C00292C00293C00317C00322C00329C00338C00341C00358C00364C00422C00428C00434C00458C00459C00460C00479C00486COOS08COOS20COOS21COOS26COOS31COOS41COOS42COOS44COOS47COOS56COOS57COOS60COOS66COOS86COOS87CV~~,07

COt 12C00616C00629C00630C00631C00639C00645C00647C00650C00672C00719C00720C00721C00749C00750C00756C00757

C00238C00239C00327C00617C00619C00621C00684

L ~N~1~2;... ~-AGPS-....

Page 181: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Mount Victory

Pago

C00759

C00003C00006C00025C00098C00108C00l18C00130C00133C00165C00169C00170C00211C00223C00239C00243C00248C00262C00270C0027lC00303C00309C003l0C003l9C00320C00322C00325C00326C00330C00497C0054lC00554C00560C00576C00583C00592C00608C00609C00619C00629C00668C00669C00684

C00038C00079C00080C0008lC00082C00084C00088C00089C00090C0009lC00128C00166C00211C00222C0023')

A 13 _AGPS __•

Page 182: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Pumice rafts

Rabaul

C00246C00254C002598gg~~~C00329C00355C00359C00369C00439COOS41C00624C00625C00626C00678C00697C00747

C00102C00174C00177C00212C00247C00370

5C0037C00465C005S8C00640C00727

C00007COOOl1C00012C00017C00023C00026C00027C00033C00034C00035C00036C00037C00038C00039C00044C00045C00046C00047COOOSOCOOOSlCOOOS2COOOS3COOOS5C00060C00063C00064C00065C00066C00067C00068

L__-------.-----....;;B;..-~1.;.3 ~-AGP5-...

Page 183: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00069C00070C00071C00072C00074C00075C00096C00097COO100C0010lC00102C00104C00106C00107C00114C00115C00116C00117C00119C00120C00121C00123C00126C00127C00126C00133C00136C00137C00140C00142C00143C00146C00156C00157C00156C00159C00160C00161C00162C00166C00174C0017?C00180C00162C00164C00166C00169C00197C00196C00201C00202C00204C00205C00206C00206C00209C00210C00211C00213C00214

L .;;C;..-~1;.;3__-----~-AGPS__

Page 184: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00215C00217C00219C00221C00224C00227C00231C00232C00235C00238C00239C00240C00241C00246C00247C00248C00250C00253C00254C00256C00258C00259C00260C00264C00267C00270C00272C00273C00274C00275C00294C00301C00302C00303C00305C00308C003t7C00322C00326CC0328C00329C00333C00334C00335C00336C00337C00342C00343C00344C00345C00346C00347C00348C00349C00351C00352CJ0353C00354C00355C00356

D-13 _AGPS __1IIIiI

Page 185: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00358C00365C00366C00367C00370C00371C00372C00373C00374C00375C00376C00377C00378C00382C00385C00388C00390C00391C00392C00393C00394C00395C00397C00398C00400C00402C00403C00404C00405C00406C00407C00408C00409C00430C00461C00462C00463C00464C00465C00466C00469C00470C00471C00473C00474C00475C00476C00498C00500C00502C00503C00505C00507C00509C00511C00512C00515C00522C00528C00530

L ~E~-~1~3 ~~-~~-~

Page 186: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00532C00533C00537C00538C00539C00540C00541C00543C00551C00555COO::i60C00561C00562C00565C00569C00574C00575C00577C00578C00579C00560C00561C00562C00568C00590C00593C00594C00595C00596C00597C00598C00599C00600C00604C00605C00607C00612C00613C00614C00615C00618C00620C00622C00623C00627C00628C00629C00631CQ0632C00634C00637C00636C00640C00641C00642C00643C00647C00646C00650C00653

F-13-AGPS--..

Page 187: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C0065SC00656C00658C00661C00662C00663C00666C00674C00675C00680C00681C00686C00687C00688C00689C00690C00691C00692C00693C00694C0069SC00696C00698C00699C00700C00701C00702C00703C00704C00705C00706C00707C00708C00709C00710C00711C00712COOn3C00714C0071SC00716C00718C00722C00724C0072SC00726C00727C00728C00729C00730C00731C00732C00733C00734C00735C00736C00737C00738C00739C00740

L G~1~3;;... ~-AGPS----

Page 188: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

RI tter

C0074lC00742C00743C00744C00745C00746C0075lC00752C00753C00760C0076l

COOOOlC00002C00005C00007C00012C00023C00024C00038C00042C00043C00050C00054C00057C00058C0006l:::00062C00098COOlOlC00106C00109C00117C00122C00127C00128C00133C00136C00142C00164C00175C00180C0018lC00182C0019lC00195C00199C00202C00209C002l7C002l8C00224C00225C00228C00235C00237C00248C00250C00254C00259

1-1-13 _AGPS __•

Page 189: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Taba~-Feni Islands

Tsunami

C00260C00267C00270C00276C00281C00284C00286C00287C00303C00322C00329C00355C00357C00358C00360C00421C00422C00423C00424C00427C00429C00541C00542C00543C00546C00560C00607C00612C00615C00616C00629C00630C00636C00646C00647C00650C00651C00660C00672C00676C00719C00721C00747C00749C00756

C00112C00355

C00012C00013C00028C00029C00043C00046C00049COOI02COOI06COOll1C00122

L ~I_-.;1.;3 ~-AGPS__

Page 190: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

C00125C00126C00133C00134C00142C00164C00172C00173C00175C00179C00186C00195COOl90C00204C00209C00224C00225C00237C00253C00260C00264C00272C00283C00284C00286C00289C00290C00349C00355C00358C00360C00361C00367C00401C00413C00421C00423C00424C00431C00432C00433C00434C00435C00480C00483C00493C00500C00502C00527C00543C00546C00557C00568C00570C00572C00573C00590COO~'.~·COl' ,06Cr,'610

L ~J~-~1~3~ [i~IIIIIAGPS _ ....

Page 191: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Ulawun

C00611C00613C00616C00629C00680C00682C00747C00763

C00005C00007C00011C00023C00038C00041C00050C00051C00063C00069C00078C00084C00087C00088r.00090l'00092(00093C:lOi01CCi:'106C0010?COOi09C00117C00123C00127C~0!.:dC00133C00136C00143C00154C00155C00166C00167C00182C00184C00202C00206C00209C00211C002i3C00224C00231C00235C00242C00248C00249C00250C00254C00259C00266C00270C00287

1< -13 I[Jjil-AGi'S __••L- ~~__

Page 192: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Willaumez Peninsula

C00303C00322C00326C00329C00355C00369C00414C00430C00439C00440C00458C00467C00504C00510C00541C00542C00559C00560C00561C00588C00601C00613C00615C00632C00636C00650C00679C00703C00747C00749C00756C00758

C00020C00023C00038C00051C00107C00109C00139C00143C00154C00166C00167C00189C00206C00211C00215C00235C00246C00250C00254C00259C00303C00322C00355C00561C00601C00624C00650

L ~L;.-~1;.;3 (iij-AGPS -.....

Page 193: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

WI tu Islands

Yomba

C00747C00758

C00002C00009C00023C00107C00154C00178C00180C00183C00217C00260C00280C00282C00355C00541C00544C00548C00561C00562C00750C00757

C00673

L ~M~-~1~3~ ~-~~-~

Page 194: REPORT 254 AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ...REPORT 254 BMR MICROFORM MF207 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY IN PAPUA NE,v GUINEA BEFORE 1944: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF REPORTED OBSERVATIONS compiled

Ex 1,(.9 A:" .-.

Ex ".') an. "Ex 1 ...'«" ~n. t.;.Ex If'a 8" •••'Ex Ice an. i:,Ex lee /3,'". FEx lee a" .. CC

C00661Coo007C00013C00019C00025C00032C00039Coo046C00053C00059C00065C00072C00078C00086

C00094C00101C00108C00114C00121C00128C00134C00142C00149C00156C00163C00171COOl77C00184

co6i91C00198C00205C00213C00220C00227C00234C00241C00248C00255C00262C00270C00277C00284

c66292C00300C00307C00315C00323C00330COO337C00344C00352COO;':59C(\0366r' '~74

L "11CC'cl

C00395C00403C00411

COOlllaVoyage In, .A- 1 C00425Visits to .• B- 1 C004~3On volcano .C- 1 C00441.Prellmlna •• 0, 1. C00448Some note,.E- 1 C00457Violent e •• F- 1 C00465Report on, .G- 1. C00473Notes on •. H· 1 C00480The Rabau •. I- 1 C004a7Voyage au •• J- 1 C00496The volea, .1<- 1 .••. ,Report on,.L- 1. C00503Brief dee •• M- 1. C00510Im Dlenet •• N- 1. C00518

C00526Meteorolo .• A- 2 C00533DI e geogr. ,B- 2 C00540Uebor mel .. C- 2 C00547Be Itraege •• 0- 2 C00554Die Forec, .E- 2 C00561.Vulkanl<un .• F- 2 C00568Jamnen js,. G- 2 C00575Studlt:n u •. H- ? C00582Ueber die .• I- 2 C00590Untltled .. J- 2 C00597Rabau' (>'> .1<- 2 ..•..Eart~ tN,. L- 2 C00604Au!, d"n R, ~1· 2 C006121<0 leer WI .. N- 2 C00616

C00626Das Zentr •. : - 3 C0063~Die Ga·"l, .El- 3 C00640The Pac,r,.C- 3 C00646Obgervat i .. D- 3 C00653In "Ill'; ,'L .f- 3 C00660Im BIemar .• F· 3 C00666LI fe and ..G- 3 C0067SDie Vull;s .. H- 3 C00682Beltraege .. I- 3 C00689l ,ndell de .. J- 3 C0069SL'" the no .. 1<- 3 .• , ..Ii"lesnic .. L- 3 C00701.Rei€'e vom .. M- 3 C00708T;1e Found .. N- 3 COO7lS

C00722Manam 191.. A- 4 C00728Untltled .. B- 4 C00734Flood dsm .. C- 4 C00739Rsbsul eh .. 0- {I C0074SThe occur ..E- 4 C00752Notes on " F· 4 C00759The birth .. G- I, CCJ759Vulksnau9 .. H- 4 ;00759Schrecl<en .• I· .; CC0759Nsl<ana I u .. J- 4 COO'/59Extre<;te .. 1<- 4 .....Tranecrlp .. L- 4 COO'l59A vi9it t .. M- 4 C00759Morphomet .. N- 4 C00759

C00759Eruption? .F,- 5 C00759When Vulc .. B- 5 C00759/<1 i mstolo .. C- 5 C00759

Goograph I , ,0 - 5 C00759Wottor un •• E- 5 C00759Tidal waV, .F- 5 C00759I<Ieta not •. G- 5 C00759Local and, .H- 5 C00759Leeal Md, . I- 5 C00759Local and, .J- 5 C00759Rabaul to •. 1< - 5Local and •• L- 5 CU07S9Local and •. M- 5 C007';9Report on •• N- 5 coe 759

C00759Local and •. A- 6 C00759Local and •• B- 6 C00759Earthqual< •. C- 6 C00759Into prim•. 0- 6 C00759Ieolet Ion •• E· 6 C00759Rakale ..F- 6 C00759Report on •• G- 6 C00759Ill-omen ,. H- 6 C00759Pet:-ogl"ap, .I- 6 C00759TId".l wav, . J- 6 C00759Log of th, .1< - 6 C·O'0'7'5'9Volcanic, .L- 6Notes on ,. M- 6 C00759Peril Ine, .N- 6 C00759

C007591941-42 e,.A- 7 C00759Die vull<a •. B- 7 C00759Volcan Ic •• C· 7 C00759Unt I tIed ,.0 - 7 C00759Ueber die .• E- 7 C00759Bemerkung, .F- 7 C00759Vom I<a i 90 •• C;. 7 C00759DeutElchle •• f;- 7 C00759Rltter' El ,.! '/' C00759DeePlltch J- 7 C00759Die Vulk/!, .:(. 7 C'0'0'7'5'9Diary of .. L- 7Whel' doom•• M- "/ C00759An I!Iccoun .• N- 7 C00759

C00759Raba'Jl me •• A- 8 C00759Plight of •• f;- 8 C00759One h~I,~-lI' .• C- 8 C00759Eln dout'l •. 0- 8 C00759Yield no': .• E- 8 C00759Preo99 r-<:r" • F- 8 C00759Untl tl~d .. i'i - a (00759LoelJ 1. and .• H· 8 C00759Cart"rc.t', .r- 8 C00759Ex lIes an .. d- l:J r.OO·'!i~Exlle~ an .. ',(- 8 .....Exilea an .. L- 8 C00759Ex Ilee Sri M- a C00759EXllee '091' .N- 8 C00751

C0075\'~ C007S,?~ lI'\07!':~

.lo" ,Jo',n~:

, L, ()7c;~

o c: 7::;90) coe.':-

Ex /100 on., H- 9 C00759Ex Ileo an .. I- 9 C00759ExileD an .. J- 9Ex lIeD an •• 1<- 9Ex Ileo an •• L- 9Ex Ileo an,. M- 9Exlloe an, ,N- 9

ExllcD an •. A-l0Ex lIeD an., B-lOExileD an .. C-I0Ex Ilea an .. 0-10Ex Ilee an •• E-l0Exltea an .• F-lOEx lIeD an. ,G-I0ExllcD an .. H·I0Exllea an .. I-I0Exllea an •. J-I0Exiles an .. I(-10Exllee l'n .. L-I0Exlleo an .. M-l0Exiles an .. N-lO

Ex lIeD an •. A-l1ExileD an .• B-l1Exiles an .• C-llExllee an •. O-llEx Ilea an •. E-llExileD an ..F-llExiles an .• G-l1.Exiles an •. H-l1ExllcD an .• I-l1Ex Ilee an •. J-l1Exiles on •. 1<-11ExileD an •. L-l1Exllea an •. M-l1Exllee an. ,N-l1

Exllea an .. A-12Exllea an. ,B-12Exllee Iln .. C-12Exllea an .• 0-12Exiles an. ,E-l2Exl lee an .. F-12Exllea an •.G-12Exllee an •. H-12Exl Ice an .. I-12Ex I J.es an .. J-12Exlleo an ..1(-12Exlle;1 an .. L-12Exiles an .. M-12Exiles an •. N-12

Exi les an •• A-13Ex! lea an .. B-l~Exilea an .. C-13Exiles ar .. 0-13r" i lea I,~n ,[;-13T:x ,lea ""., F 13ExJ lee 6n, .,-13~ ~ ilea tU" • h-13E>'j1",q an .. I-13Ex . _,~·I a.1. • .J - ;,3C::x,leD 09'\, .li-13

Ex 11110 on" L ·13ExlloD an, ,M·13